1 | /*
|
---|
2 | * TCC - Tiny C Compiler
|
---|
3 | *
|
---|
4 | * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
|
---|
5 | *
|
---|
6 | * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
---|
7 | * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
---|
8 | * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
---|
9 | * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
---|
10 | *
|
---|
11 | * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
---|
12 | * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
---|
13 | * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
---|
14 | * Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
---|
15 | *
|
---|
16 | * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
---|
17 | * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
---|
18 | * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
---|
19 | */
|
---|
20 |
|
---|
21 | #include "tcc.h"
|
---|
22 |
|
---|
23 | /********************************************************/
|
---|
24 | /* global variables */
|
---|
25 |
|
---|
26 | /* loc : local variable index
|
---|
27 | ind : output code index
|
---|
28 | rsym: return symbol
|
---|
29 | anon_sym: anonymous symbol index
|
---|
30 | */
|
---|
31 | ST_DATA int rsym, anon_sym, ind, loc;
|
---|
32 |
|
---|
33 | ST_DATA Sym *sym_free_first;
|
---|
34 | ST_DATA void **sym_pools;
|
---|
35 | ST_DATA int nb_sym_pools;
|
---|
36 |
|
---|
37 | ST_DATA Sym *global_stack;
|
---|
38 | ST_DATA Sym *local_stack;
|
---|
39 | ST_DATA Sym *define_stack;
|
---|
40 | ST_DATA Sym *global_label_stack;
|
---|
41 | ST_DATA Sym *local_label_stack;
|
---|
42 | static int local_scope;
|
---|
43 | static int in_sizeof;
|
---|
44 | static int section_sym;
|
---|
45 |
|
---|
46 | ST_DATA int vlas_in_scope; /* number of VLAs that are currently in scope */
|
---|
47 | ST_DATA int vla_sp_root_loc; /* vla_sp_loc for SP before any VLAs were pushed */
|
---|
48 | ST_DATA int vla_sp_loc; /* Pointer to variable holding location to store stack pointer on the stack when modifying stack pointer */
|
---|
49 |
|
---|
50 | ST_DATA SValue __vstack[1+VSTACK_SIZE], *vtop, *pvtop;
|
---|
51 |
|
---|
52 | ST_DATA int const_wanted; /* true if constant wanted */
|
---|
53 | ST_DATA int nocode_wanted; /* no code generation wanted */
|
---|
54 | #define NODATA_WANTED (nocode_wanted > 0) /* no static data output wanted either */
|
---|
55 | #define STATIC_DATA_WANTED (nocode_wanted & 0xC0000000) /* only static data output */
|
---|
56 | ST_DATA int global_expr; /* true if compound literals must be allocated globally (used during initializers parsing */
|
---|
57 | ST_DATA CType func_vt; /* current function return type (used by return instruction) */
|
---|
58 | ST_DATA int func_var; /* true if current function is variadic (used by return instruction) */
|
---|
59 | ST_DATA int func_vc;
|
---|
60 | ST_DATA int last_line_num, last_ind, func_ind; /* debug last line number and pc */
|
---|
61 | ST_DATA const char *funcname;
|
---|
62 | ST_DATA int g_debug;
|
---|
63 |
|
---|
64 | ST_DATA CType char_pointer_type, func_old_type, int_type, size_type, ptrdiff_type;
|
---|
65 |
|
---|
66 | ST_DATA struct switch_t {
|
---|
67 | struct case_t {
|
---|
68 | int64_t v1, v2;
|
---|
69 | int sym;
|
---|
70 | } **p; int n; /* list of case ranges */
|
---|
71 | int def_sym; /* default symbol */
|
---|
72 | } *cur_switch; /* current switch */
|
---|
73 |
|
---|
74 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
75 |
|
---|
76 | static void gen_cast(CType *type);
|
---|
77 | static void gen_cast_s(int t);
|
---|
78 | static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type);
|
---|
79 | static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
|
---|
80 | static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad);
|
---|
81 | static CType *type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td);
|
---|
82 | static void parse_expr_type(CType *type);
|
---|
83 | static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c);
|
---|
84 | static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int first, int size_only);
|
---|
85 | static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int is_expr);
|
---|
86 | static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r, int has_init, int v, int scope);
|
---|
87 | static void decl(int l);
|
---|
88 | static int decl0(int l, int is_for_loop_init, Sym *);
|
---|
89 | static void expr_eq(void);
|
---|
90 | static void vla_runtime_type_size(CType *type, int *a);
|
---|
91 | static void vla_sp_restore(void);
|
---|
92 | static void vla_sp_restore_root(void);
|
---|
93 | static int is_compatible_unqualified_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
|
---|
94 | static inline int64_t expr_const64(void);
|
---|
95 | static void vpush64(int ty, unsigned long long v);
|
---|
96 | static void vpush(CType *type);
|
---|
97 | static int gvtst(int inv, int t);
|
---|
98 | static void gen_inline_functions(TCCState *s);
|
---|
99 | static void skip_or_save_block(TokenString **str);
|
---|
100 | static void gv_dup(void);
|
---|
101 |
|
---|
102 | ST_INLN int is_float(int t)
|
---|
103 | {
|
---|
104 | int bt;
|
---|
105 | bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
106 | return bt == VT_LDOUBLE || bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_FLOAT || bt == VT_QFLOAT;
|
---|
107 | }
|
---|
108 |
|
---|
109 | /* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
|
---|
110 | non standard math libs */
|
---|
111 | /* XXX: endianness dependent */
|
---|
112 | ST_FUNC int ieee_finite(double d)
|
---|
113 | {
|
---|
114 | int p[4];
|
---|
115 | memcpy(p, &d, sizeof(double));
|
---|
116 | return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
|
---|
117 | }
|
---|
118 |
|
---|
119 | /* compiling intel long double natively */
|
---|
120 | #if (defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__) \
|
---|
121 | && (defined TCC_TARGET_I386 || defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
|
---|
122 | # define TCC_IS_NATIVE_387
|
---|
123 | #endif
|
---|
124 |
|
---|
125 | ST_FUNC void test_lvalue(void)
|
---|
126 | {
|
---|
127 | if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
|
---|
128 | expect("lvalue");
|
---|
129 | }
|
---|
130 |
|
---|
131 | ST_FUNC void check_vstack(void)
|
---|
132 | {
|
---|
133 | if (pvtop != vtop)
|
---|
134 | tcc_error("internal compiler error: vstack leak (%d)", vtop - pvtop);
|
---|
135 | }
|
---|
136 |
|
---|
137 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
138 | /* vstack debugging aid */
|
---|
139 |
|
---|
140 | #if 0
|
---|
141 | void pv (const char *lbl, int a, int b)
|
---|
142 | {
|
---|
143 | int i;
|
---|
144 | for (i = a; i < a + b; ++i) {
|
---|
145 | SValue *p = &vtop[-i];
|
---|
146 | printf("%s vtop[-%d] : type.t:%04x r:%04x r2:%04x c.i:%d\n",
|
---|
147 | lbl, i, p->type.t, p->r, p->r2, (int)p->c.i);
|
---|
148 | }
|
---|
149 | }
|
---|
150 | #endif
|
---|
151 |
|
---|
152 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
153 | /* start of translation unit info */
|
---|
154 | ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_start(TCCState *s1)
|
---|
155 | {
|
---|
156 | if (s1->do_debug) {
|
---|
157 | char buf[512];
|
---|
158 |
|
---|
159 | /* file info: full path + filename */
|
---|
160 | section_sym = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
|
---|
161 | ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION), 0,
|
---|
162 | text_section->sh_num, NULL);
|
---|
163 | getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf));
|
---|
164 | #ifdef _WIN32
|
---|
165 | normalize_slashes(buf);
|
---|
166 | #endif
|
---|
167 | pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "/");
|
---|
168 | put_stabs_r(buf, N_SO, 0, 0,
|
---|
169 | text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
|
---|
170 | put_stabs_r(file->filename, N_SO, 0, 0,
|
---|
171 | text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
|
---|
172 | last_ind = 0;
|
---|
173 | last_line_num = 0;
|
---|
174 | }
|
---|
175 |
|
---|
176 | /* an elf symbol of type STT_FILE must be put so that STB_LOCAL
|
---|
177 | symbols can be safely used */
|
---|
178 | put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
|
---|
179 | ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE), 0,
|
---|
180 | SHN_ABS, file->filename);
|
---|
181 | }
|
---|
182 |
|
---|
183 | /* put end of translation unit info */
|
---|
184 | ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_end(TCCState *s1)
|
---|
185 | {
|
---|
186 | if (!s1->do_debug)
|
---|
187 | return;
|
---|
188 | put_stabs_r(NULL, N_SO, 0, 0,
|
---|
189 | text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
|
---|
190 |
|
---|
191 | }
|
---|
192 |
|
---|
193 | /* generate line number info */
|
---|
194 | ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_line(TCCState *s1)
|
---|
195 | {
|
---|
196 | if (!s1->do_debug)
|
---|
197 | return;
|
---|
198 | if ((last_line_num != file->line_num || last_ind != ind)) {
|
---|
199 | put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, ind - func_ind);
|
---|
200 | last_ind = ind;
|
---|
201 | last_line_num = file->line_num;
|
---|
202 | }
|
---|
203 | }
|
---|
204 |
|
---|
205 | /* put function symbol */
|
---|
206 | ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_funcstart(TCCState *s1, Sym *sym)
|
---|
207 | {
|
---|
208 | char buf[512];
|
---|
209 |
|
---|
210 | if (!s1->do_debug)
|
---|
211 | return;
|
---|
212 |
|
---|
213 | /* stabs info */
|
---|
214 | /* XXX: we put here a dummy type */
|
---|
215 | snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%c1",
|
---|
216 | funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
|
---|
217 | put_stabs_r(buf, N_FUN, 0, file->line_num, 0,
|
---|
218 | cur_text_section, sym->c);
|
---|
219 | /* //gr gdb wants a line at the function */
|
---|
220 | put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, 0);
|
---|
221 |
|
---|
222 | last_ind = 0;
|
---|
223 | last_line_num = 0;
|
---|
224 | }
|
---|
225 |
|
---|
226 | /* put function size */
|
---|
227 | ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_funcend(TCCState *s1, int size)
|
---|
228 | {
|
---|
229 | if (!s1->do_debug)
|
---|
230 | return;
|
---|
231 | put_stabn(N_FUN, 0, 0, size);
|
---|
232 | }
|
---|
233 |
|
---|
234 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
235 | ST_FUNC int tccgen_compile(TCCState *s1)
|
---|
236 | {
|
---|
237 | cur_text_section = NULL;
|
---|
238 | funcname = "";
|
---|
239 | anon_sym = SYM_FIRST_ANOM;
|
---|
240 | section_sym = 0;
|
---|
241 | const_wanted = 0;
|
---|
242 | nocode_wanted = 0x80000000;
|
---|
243 |
|
---|
244 | /* define some often used types */
|
---|
245 | int_type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
246 | char_pointer_type.t = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
247 | mk_pointer(&char_pointer_type);
|
---|
248 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
249 | size_type.t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
250 | ptrdiff_type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
251 | #elif LONG_SIZE == 4
|
---|
252 | size_type.t = VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
253 | ptrdiff_type.t = VT_LLONG;
|
---|
254 | #else
|
---|
255 | size_type.t = VT_LONG | VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
256 | ptrdiff_type.t = VT_LONG | VT_LLONG;
|
---|
257 | #endif
|
---|
258 | func_old_type.t = VT_FUNC;
|
---|
259 | func_old_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &int_type, 0, 0);
|
---|
260 | func_old_type.ref->f.func_call = FUNC_CDECL;
|
---|
261 | func_old_type.ref->f.func_type = FUNC_OLD;
|
---|
262 |
|
---|
263 | tcc_debug_start(s1);
|
---|
264 |
|
---|
265 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
---|
266 | arm_init(s1);
|
---|
267 | #endif
|
---|
268 |
|
---|
269 | #ifdef INC_DEBUG
|
---|
270 | printf("%s: **** new file\n", file->filename);
|
---|
271 | #endif
|
---|
272 |
|
---|
273 | parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_STR;
|
---|
274 | next();
|
---|
275 | decl(VT_CONST);
|
---|
276 | gen_inline_functions(s1);
|
---|
277 | check_vstack();
|
---|
278 | /* end of translation unit info */
|
---|
279 | tcc_debug_end(s1);
|
---|
280 | return 0;
|
---|
281 | }
|
---|
282 |
|
---|
283 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
284 | ST_FUNC ElfSym *elfsym(Sym *s)
|
---|
285 | {
|
---|
286 | if (!s || !s->c)
|
---|
287 | return NULL;
|
---|
288 | return &((ElfSym *)symtab_section->data)[s->c];
|
---|
289 | }
|
---|
290 |
|
---|
291 | /* apply storage attributes to Elf symbol */
|
---|
292 | ST_FUNC void update_storage(Sym *sym)
|
---|
293 | {
|
---|
294 | ElfSym *esym;
|
---|
295 | int sym_bind, old_sym_bind;
|
---|
296 |
|
---|
297 | esym = elfsym(sym);
|
---|
298 | if (!esym)
|
---|
299 | return;
|
---|
300 |
|
---|
301 | if (sym->a.visibility)
|
---|
302 | esym->st_other = (esym->st_other & ~ELFW(ST_VISIBILITY)(-1))
|
---|
303 | | sym->a.visibility;
|
---|
304 |
|
---|
305 | if (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC)
|
---|
306 | sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
---|
307 | else if (sym->a.weak)
|
---|
308 | sym_bind = STB_WEAK;
|
---|
309 | else
|
---|
310 | sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
|
---|
311 | old_sym_bind = ELFW(ST_BIND)(esym->st_info);
|
---|
312 | if (sym_bind != old_sym_bind) {
|
---|
313 | esym->st_info = ELFW(ST_INFO)(sym_bind, ELFW(ST_TYPE)(esym->st_info));
|
---|
314 | }
|
---|
315 |
|
---|
316 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
317 | if (sym->a.dllimport)
|
---|
318 | esym->st_other |= ST_PE_IMPORT;
|
---|
319 | if (sym->a.dllexport)
|
---|
320 | esym->st_other |= ST_PE_EXPORT;
|
---|
321 | #endif
|
---|
322 |
|
---|
323 | #if 0
|
---|
324 | printf("storage %s: bind=%c vis=%d exp=%d imp=%d\n",
|
---|
325 | get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL),
|
---|
326 | sym_bind == STB_WEAK ? 'w' : sym_bind == STB_LOCAL ? 'l' : 'g',
|
---|
327 | sym->a.visibility,
|
---|
328 | sym->a.dllexport,
|
---|
329 | sym->a.dllimport
|
---|
330 | );
|
---|
331 | #endif
|
---|
332 | }
|
---|
333 |
|
---|
334 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
335 | /* update sym->c so that it points to an external symbol in section
|
---|
336 | 'section' with value 'value' */
|
---|
337 |
|
---|
338 | ST_FUNC void put_extern_sym2(Sym *sym, int sh_num,
|
---|
339 | addr_t value, unsigned long size,
|
---|
340 | int can_add_underscore)
|
---|
341 | {
|
---|
342 | int sym_type, sym_bind, info, other, t;
|
---|
343 | ElfSym *esym;
|
---|
344 | const char *name;
|
---|
345 | char buf1[256];
|
---|
346 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
347 | char buf[32];
|
---|
348 | #endif
|
---|
349 |
|
---|
350 | if (!sym->c) {
|
---|
351 | name = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
|
---|
352 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
353 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check) {
|
---|
354 | /* XXX: avoid doing that for statics ? */
|
---|
355 | /* if bound checking is activated, we change some function
|
---|
356 | names by adding the "__bound" prefix */
|
---|
357 | switch(sym->v) {
|
---|
358 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
359 | /* XXX: we rely only on malloc hooks */
|
---|
360 | case TOK_malloc:
|
---|
361 | case TOK_free:
|
---|
362 | case TOK_realloc:
|
---|
363 | case TOK_memalign:
|
---|
364 | case TOK_calloc:
|
---|
365 | #endif
|
---|
366 | case TOK_memcpy:
|
---|
367 | case TOK_memmove:
|
---|
368 | case TOK_memset:
|
---|
369 | case TOK_strlen:
|
---|
370 | case TOK_strcpy:
|
---|
371 | case TOK_alloca:
|
---|
372 | strcpy(buf, "__bound_");
|
---|
373 | strcat(buf, name);
|
---|
374 | name = buf;
|
---|
375 | break;
|
---|
376 | }
|
---|
377 | }
|
---|
378 | #endif
|
---|
379 | t = sym->type.t;
|
---|
380 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
381 | sym_type = STT_FUNC;
|
---|
382 | } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
|
---|
383 | sym_type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
---|
384 | } else {
|
---|
385 | sym_type = STT_OBJECT;
|
---|
386 | }
|
---|
387 | if (t & VT_STATIC)
|
---|
388 | sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
---|
389 | else
|
---|
390 | sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
|
---|
391 | other = 0;
|
---|
392 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
393 | if (sym_type == STT_FUNC && sym->type.ref) {
|
---|
394 | Sym *ref = sym->type.ref;
|
---|
395 | if (ref->f.func_call == FUNC_STDCALL && can_add_underscore) {
|
---|
396 | sprintf(buf1, "_%s@%d", name, ref->f.func_args * PTR_SIZE);
|
---|
397 | name = buf1;
|
---|
398 | other |= ST_PE_STDCALL;
|
---|
399 | can_add_underscore = 0;
|
---|
400 | }
|
---|
401 | }
|
---|
402 | #endif
|
---|
403 | if (tcc_state->leading_underscore && can_add_underscore) {
|
---|
404 | buf1[0] = '_';
|
---|
405 | pstrcpy(buf1 + 1, sizeof(buf1) - 1, name);
|
---|
406 | name = buf1;
|
---|
407 | }
|
---|
408 | if (sym->asm_label)
|
---|
409 | name = get_tok_str(sym->asm_label, NULL);
|
---|
410 | info = ELFW(ST_INFO)(sym_bind, sym_type);
|
---|
411 | sym->c = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, value, size, info, other, sh_num, name);
|
---|
412 | } else {
|
---|
413 | esym = elfsym(sym);
|
---|
414 | esym->st_value = value;
|
---|
415 | esym->st_size = size;
|
---|
416 | esym->st_shndx = sh_num;
|
---|
417 | }
|
---|
418 | update_storage(sym);
|
---|
419 | }
|
---|
420 |
|
---|
421 | ST_FUNC void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
|
---|
422 | addr_t value, unsigned long size)
|
---|
423 | {
|
---|
424 | int sh_num = section ? section->sh_num : SHN_UNDEF;
|
---|
425 | put_extern_sym2(sym, sh_num, value, size, 1);
|
---|
426 | }
|
---|
427 |
|
---|
428 | /* add a new relocation entry to symbol 'sym' in section 's' */
|
---|
429 | ST_FUNC void greloca(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type,
|
---|
430 | addr_t addend)
|
---|
431 | {
|
---|
432 | int c = 0;
|
---|
433 |
|
---|
434 | if (nocode_wanted && s == cur_text_section)
|
---|
435 | return;
|
---|
436 |
|
---|
437 | if (sym) {
|
---|
438 | if (0 == sym->c)
|
---|
439 | put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
|
---|
440 | c = sym->c;
|
---|
441 | }
|
---|
442 |
|
---|
443 | /* now we can add ELF relocation info */
|
---|
444 | put_elf_reloca(symtab_section, s, offset, type, c, addend);
|
---|
445 | }
|
---|
446 |
|
---|
447 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
448 | ST_FUNC void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type)
|
---|
449 | {
|
---|
450 | greloca(s, sym, offset, type, 0);
|
---|
451 | }
|
---|
452 | #endif
|
---|
453 |
|
---|
454 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
455 | /* symbol allocator */
|
---|
456 | static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
|
---|
457 | {
|
---|
458 | Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
|
---|
459 | int i;
|
---|
460 |
|
---|
461 | sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
|
---|
462 | dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
|
---|
463 |
|
---|
464 | last_sym = sym_free_first;
|
---|
465 | sym = sym_pool;
|
---|
466 | for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
|
---|
467 | sym->next = last_sym;
|
---|
468 | last_sym = sym;
|
---|
469 | sym++;
|
---|
470 | }
|
---|
471 | sym_free_first = last_sym;
|
---|
472 | return last_sym;
|
---|
473 | }
|
---|
474 |
|
---|
475 | static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
|
---|
476 | {
|
---|
477 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
478 | #ifndef SYM_DEBUG
|
---|
479 | sym = sym_free_first;
|
---|
480 | if (!sym)
|
---|
481 | sym = __sym_malloc();
|
---|
482 | sym_free_first = sym->next;
|
---|
483 | return sym;
|
---|
484 | #else
|
---|
485 | sym = tcc_malloc(sizeof(Sym));
|
---|
486 | return sym;
|
---|
487 | #endif
|
---|
488 | }
|
---|
489 |
|
---|
490 | ST_INLN void sym_free(Sym *sym)
|
---|
491 | {
|
---|
492 | #ifndef SYM_DEBUG
|
---|
493 | sym->next = sym_free_first;
|
---|
494 | sym_free_first = sym;
|
---|
495 | #else
|
---|
496 | tcc_free(sym);
|
---|
497 | #endif
|
---|
498 | }
|
---|
499 |
|
---|
500 | /* push, without hashing */
|
---|
501 | ST_FUNC Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, int c)
|
---|
502 | {
|
---|
503 | Sym *s;
|
---|
504 |
|
---|
505 | s = sym_malloc();
|
---|
506 | memset(s, 0, sizeof *s);
|
---|
507 | s->v = v;
|
---|
508 | s->type.t = t;
|
---|
509 | s->c = c;
|
---|
510 | /* add in stack */
|
---|
511 | s->prev = *ps;
|
---|
512 | *ps = s;
|
---|
513 | return s;
|
---|
514 | }
|
---|
515 |
|
---|
516 | /* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
|
---|
517 | of the symbol stack */
|
---|
518 | ST_FUNC Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
|
---|
519 | {
|
---|
520 | while (s) {
|
---|
521 | if (s->v == v)
|
---|
522 | return s;
|
---|
523 | else if (s->v == -1)
|
---|
524 | return NULL;
|
---|
525 | s = s->prev;
|
---|
526 | }
|
---|
527 | return NULL;
|
---|
528 | }
|
---|
529 |
|
---|
530 | /* structure lookup */
|
---|
531 | ST_INLN Sym *struct_find(int v)
|
---|
532 | {
|
---|
533 | v -= TOK_IDENT;
|
---|
534 | if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
|
---|
535 | return NULL;
|
---|
536 | return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
|
---|
537 | }
|
---|
538 |
|
---|
539 | /* find an identifier */
|
---|
540 | ST_INLN Sym *sym_find(int v)
|
---|
541 | {
|
---|
542 | v -= TOK_IDENT;
|
---|
543 | if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
|
---|
544 | return NULL;
|
---|
545 | return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
|
---|
546 | }
|
---|
547 |
|
---|
548 | /* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
|
---|
549 | ST_FUNC Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c)
|
---|
550 | {
|
---|
551 | Sym *s, **ps;
|
---|
552 | TokenSym *ts;
|
---|
553 |
|
---|
554 | if (local_stack)
|
---|
555 | ps = &local_stack;
|
---|
556 | else
|
---|
557 | ps = &global_stack;
|
---|
558 | s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
|
---|
559 | s->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
560 | s->r = r;
|
---|
561 | /* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
|
---|
562 | /* XXX: simplify */
|
---|
563 | if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
564 | /* record symbol in token array */
|
---|
565 | ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
|
---|
566 | if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
|
---|
567 | ps = &ts->sym_struct;
|
---|
568 | else
|
---|
569 | ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
|
---|
570 | s->prev_tok = *ps;
|
---|
571 | *ps = s;
|
---|
572 | s->sym_scope = local_scope;
|
---|
573 | if (s->prev_tok && s->prev_tok->sym_scope == s->sym_scope)
|
---|
574 | tcc_error("redeclaration of '%s'",
|
---|
575 | get_tok_str(v & ~SYM_STRUCT, NULL));
|
---|
576 | }
|
---|
577 | return s;
|
---|
578 | }
|
---|
579 |
|
---|
580 | /* push a global identifier */
|
---|
581 | ST_FUNC Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, int c)
|
---|
582 | {
|
---|
583 | Sym *s, **ps;
|
---|
584 | s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
|
---|
585 | /* don't record anonymous symbol */
|
---|
586 | if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
587 | ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
|
---|
588 | /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
|
---|
589 | sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
|
---|
590 | while (*ps != NULL && (*ps)->sym_scope)
|
---|
591 | ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
|
---|
592 | s->prev_tok = *ps;
|
---|
593 | *ps = s;
|
---|
594 | }
|
---|
595 | return s;
|
---|
596 | }
|
---|
597 |
|
---|
598 | /* pop symbols until top reaches 'b'. If KEEP is non-zero don't really
|
---|
599 | pop them yet from the list, but do remove them from the token array. */
|
---|
600 | ST_FUNC void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b, int keep)
|
---|
601 | {
|
---|
602 | Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
|
---|
603 | TokenSym *ts;
|
---|
604 | int v;
|
---|
605 |
|
---|
606 | s = *ptop;
|
---|
607 | while(s != b) {
|
---|
608 | ss = s->prev;
|
---|
609 | v = s->v;
|
---|
610 | /* remove symbol in token array */
|
---|
611 | /* XXX: simplify */
|
---|
612 | if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
613 | ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
|
---|
614 | if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
|
---|
615 | ps = &ts->sym_struct;
|
---|
616 | else
|
---|
617 | ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
|
---|
618 | *ps = s->prev_tok;
|
---|
619 | }
|
---|
620 | if (!keep)
|
---|
621 | sym_free(s);
|
---|
622 | s = ss;
|
---|
623 | }
|
---|
624 | if (!keep)
|
---|
625 | *ptop = b;
|
---|
626 | }
|
---|
627 |
|
---|
628 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|
629 |
|
---|
630 | static void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
|
---|
631 | {
|
---|
632 | int v;
|
---|
633 |
|
---|
634 | if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
|
---|
635 | tcc_error("memory full (vstack)");
|
---|
636 | /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
|
---|
637 | avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
|
---|
638 | because it would complicate the code generator.
|
---|
639 |
|
---|
640 | Don't do this when nocode_wanted. vtop might come from
|
---|
641 | !nocode_wanted regions (see 88_codeopt.c) and transforming
|
---|
642 | it to a register without actually generating code is wrong
|
---|
643 | as their value might still be used for real. All values
|
---|
644 | we push under nocode_wanted will eventually be popped
|
---|
645 | again, so that the VT_CMP/VT_JMP value will be in vtop
|
---|
646 | when code is unsuppressed again.
|
---|
647 |
|
---|
648 | Same logic below in vswap(); */
|
---|
649 | if (vtop >= vstack && !nocode_wanted) {
|
---|
650 | v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
651 | if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
|
---|
652 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
653 | }
|
---|
654 |
|
---|
655 | vtop++;
|
---|
656 | vtop->type = *type;
|
---|
657 | vtop->r = r;
|
---|
658 | vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
659 | vtop->c = *vc;
|
---|
660 | vtop->sym = NULL;
|
---|
661 | }
|
---|
662 |
|
---|
663 | ST_FUNC void vswap(void)
|
---|
664 | {
|
---|
665 | SValue tmp;
|
---|
666 | /* cannot vswap cpu flags. See comment at vsetc() above */
|
---|
667 | if (vtop >= vstack && !nocode_wanted) {
|
---|
668 | int v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
669 | if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
|
---|
670 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
671 | }
|
---|
672 | tmp = vtop[0];
|
---|
673 | vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
|
---|
674 | vtop[-1] = tmp;
|
---|
675 | }
|
---|
676 |
|
---|
677 | /* pop stack value */
|
---|
678 | ST_FUNC void vpop(void)
|
---|
679 | {
|
---|
680 | int v;
|
---|
681 | v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
682 | #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
|
---|
683 | /* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
|
---|
684 | if (v == TREG_ST0) {
|
---|
685 | o(0xd8dd); /* fstp %st(0) */
|
---|
686 | } else
|
---|
687 | #endif
|
---|
688 | if (v == VT_JMP || v == VT_JMPI) {
|
---|
689 | /* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
|
---|
690 | gsym(vtop->c.i);
|
---|
691 | }
|
---|
692 | vtop--;
|
---|
693 | }
|
---|
694 |
|
---|
695 | /* push constant of type "type" with useless value */
|
---|
696 | ST_FUNC void vpush(CType *type)
|
---|
697 | {
|
---|
698 | vset(type, VT_CONST, 0);
|
---|
699 | }
|
---|
700 |
|
---|
701 | /* push integer constant */
|
---|
702 | ST_FUNC void vpushi(int v)
|
---|
703 | {
|
---|
704 | CValue cval;
|
---|
705 | cval.i = v;
|
---|
706 | vsetc(&int_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
|
---|
707 | }
|
---|
708 |
|
---|
709 | /* push a pointer sized constant */
|
---|
710 | static void vpushs(addr_t v)
|
---|
711 | {
|
---|
712 | CValue cval;
|
---|
713 | cval.i = v;
|
---|
714 | vsetc(&size_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
|
---|
715 | }
|
---|
716 |
|
---|
717 | /* push arbitrary 64bit constant */
|
---|
718 | ST_FUNC void vpush64(int ty, unsigned long long v)
|
---|
719 | {
|
---|
720 | CValue cval;
|
---|
721 | CType ctype;
|
---|
722 | ctype.t = ty;
|
---|
723 | ctype.ref = NULL;
|
---|
724 | cval.i = v;
|
---|
725 | vsetc(&ctype, VT_CONST, &cval);
|
---|
726 | }
|
---|
727 |
|
---|
728 | /* push long long constant */
|
---|
729 | static inline void vpushll(long long v)
|
---|
730 | {
|
---|
731 | vpush64(VT_LLONG, v);
|
---|
732 | }
|
---|
733 |
|
---|
734 | ST_FUNC void vset(CType *type, int r, int v)
|
---|
735 | {
|
---|
736 | CValue cval;
|
---|
737 |
|
---|
738 | cval.i = v;
|
---|
739 | vsetc(type, r, &cval);
|
---|
740 | }
|
---|
741 |
|
---|
742 | static void vseti(int r, int v)
|
---|
743 | {
|
---|
744 | CType type;
|
---|
745 | type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
746 | type.ref = NULL;
|
---|
747 | vset(&type, r, v);
|
---|
748 | }
|
---|
749 |
|
---|
750 | ST_FUNC void vpushv(SValue *v)
|
---|
751 | {
|
---|
752 | if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
|
---|
753 | tcc_error("memory full (vstack)");
|
---|
754 | vtop++;
|
---|
755 | *vtop = *v;
|
---|
756 | }
|
---|
757 |
|
---|
758 | static void vdup(void)
|
---|
759 | {
|
---|
760 | vpushv(vtop);
|
---|
761 | }
|
---|
762 |
|
---|
763 | /* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
|
---|
764 | I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
|
---|
765 | */
|
---|
766 | ST_FUNC void vrotb(int n)
|
---|
767 | {
|
---|
768 | int i;
|
---|
769 | SValue tmp;
|
---|
770 |
|
---|
771 | tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
|
---|
772 | for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
|
---|
773 | vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
|
---|
774 | vtop[0] = tmp;
|
---|
775 | }
|
---|
776 |
|
---|
777 | /* rotate the n elements before entry e towards the top
|
---|
778 | I1 ... In ... -> In I1 ... I(n-1) ... [top is right]
|
---|
779 | */
|
---|
780 | ST_FUNC void vrote(SValue *e, int n)
|
---|
781 | {
|
---|
782 | int i;
|
---|
783 | SValue tmp;
|
---|
784 |
|
---|
785 | tmp = *e;
|
---|
786 | for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
|
---|
787 | e[-i] = e[-i - 1];
|
---|
788 | e[-n + 1] = tmp;
|
---|
789 | }
|
---|
790 |
|
---|
791 | /* rotate n first stack elements to the top
|
---|
792 | I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1) [top is right]
|
---|
793 | */
|
---|
794 | ST_FUNC void vrott(int n)
|
---|
795 | {
|
---|
796 | vrote(vtop, n);
|
---|
797 | }
|
---|
798 |
|
---|
799 | /* push a symbol value of TYPE */
|
---|
800 | static inline void vpushsym(CType *type, Sym *sym)
|
---|
801 | {
|
---|
802 | CValue cval;
|
---|
803 | cval.i = 0;
|
---|
804 | vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
|
---|
805 | vtop->sym = sym;
|
---|
806 | }
|
---|
807 |
|
---|
808 | /* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
|
---|
809 | ST_FUNC Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
|
---|
810 | {
|
---|
811 | int v;
|
---|
812 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
813 |
|
---|
814 | v = anon_sym++;
|
---|
815 | sym = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_STATIC, 0);
|
---|
816 | sym->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
817 | sym->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
|
---|
818 | put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
|
---|
819 | return sym;
|
---|
820 | }
|
---|
821 |
|
---|
822 | /* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
|
---|
823 | static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
|
---|
824 | {
|
---|
825 | vpushsym(type, get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size));
|
---|
826 | }
|
---|
827 |
|
---|
828 | /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
|
---|
829 | ST_FUNC Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
|
---|
830 | {
|
---|
831 | Sym *s;
|
---|
832 |
|
---|
833 | s = sym_find(v);
|
---|
834 | if (!s) {
|
---|
835 | /* push forward reference */
|
---|
836 | s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
|
---|
837 | s->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
838 | s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
|
---|
839 | } else if (IS_ASM_SYM(s)) {
|
---|
840 | s->type.t = type->t | (s->type.t & VT_EXTERN);
|
---|
841 | s->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
842 | update_storage(s);
|
---|
843 | }
|
---|
844 | return s;
|
---|
845 | }
|
---|
846 |
|
---|
847 | /* Merge some type attributes. */
|
---|
848 | static void patch_type(Sym *sym, CType *type)
|
---|
849 | {
|
---|
850 | if (!(type->t & VT_EXTERN)) {
|
---|
851 | if (!(sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN))
|
---|
852 | tcc_error("redefinition of '%s'", get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
|
---|
853 | sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
854 | }
|
---|
855 |
|
---|
856 | if (IS_ASM_SYM(sym)) {
|
---|
857 | /* stay static if both are static */
|
---|
858 | sym->type.t = type->t & (sym->type.t | ~VT_STATIC);
|
---|
859 | sym->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
860 | }
|
---|
861 |
|
---|
862 | if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type)) {
|
---|
863 | tcc_error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
|
---|
864 | get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
|
---|
865 |
|
---|
866 | } else if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
867 | int static_proto = sym->type.t & VT_STATIC;
|
---|
868 | /* warn if static follows non-static function declaration */
|
---|
869 | if ((type->t & VT_STATIC) && !static_proto && !(type->t & VT_INLINE))
|
---|
870 | tcc_warning("static storage ignored for redefinition of '%s'",
|
---|
871 | get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
|
---|
872 |
|
---|
873 | if (0 == (type->t & VT_EXTERN)) {
|
---|
874 | /* put complete type, use static from prototype */
|
---|
875 | sym->type.t = (type->t & ~VT_STATIC) | static_proto;
|
---|
876 | if (type->t & VT_INLINE)
|
---|
877 | sym->type.t = type->t;
|
---|
878 | sym->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
879 | }
|
---|
880 |
|
---|
881 | } else {
|
---|
882 | if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && type->ref->c >= 0) {
|
---|
883 | /* set array size if it was omitted in extern declaration */
|
---|
884 | if (sym->type.ref->c < 0)
|
---|
885 | sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
|
---|
886 | else if (sym->type.ref->c != type->ref->c)
|
---|
887 | tcc_error("conflicting type for '%s'", get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
|
---|
888 | }
|
---|
889 | if ((type->t ^ sym->type.t) & VT_STATIC)
|
---|
890 | tcc_warning("storage mismatch for redefinition of '%s'",
|
---|
891 | get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
|
---|
892 | }
|
---|
893 | }
|
---|
894 |
|
---|
895 |
|
---|
896 | /* Merge some storage attributes. */
|
---|
897 | static void patch_storage(Sym *sym, AttributeDef *ad, CType *type)
|
---|
898 | {
|
---|
899 | if (type)
|
---|
900 | patch_type(sym, type);
|
---|
901 |
|
---|
902 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
903 | if (sym->a.dllimport != ad->a.dllimport)
|
---|
904 | tcc_error("incompatible dll linkage for redefinition of '%s'",
|
---|
905 | get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
|
---|
906 | sym->a.dllexport |= ad->a.dllexport;
|
---|
907 | #endif
|
---|
908 | sym->a.weak |= ad->a.weak;
|
---|
909 | if (ad->a.visibility) {
|
---|
910 | int vis = sym->a.visibility;
|
---|
911 | int vis2 = ad->a.visibility;
|
---|
912 | if (vis == STV_DEFAULT)
|
---|
913 | vis = vis2;
|
---|
914 | else if (vis2 != STV_DEFAULT)
|
---|
915 | vis = (vis < vis2) ? vis : vis2;
|
---|
916 | sym->a.visibility = vis;
|
---|
917 | }
|
---|
918 | if (ad->a.aligned)
|
---|
919 | sym->a.aligned = ad->a.aligned;
|
---|
920 | if (ad->asm_label)
|
---|
921 | sym->asm_label = ad->asm_label;
|
---|
922 | update_storage(sym);
|
---|
923 | }
|
---|
924 |
|
---|
925 | /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' */
|
---|
926 | static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r, AttributeDef *ad)
|
---|
927 | {
|
---|
928 | Sym *s;
|
---|
929 | s = sym_find(v);
|
---|
930 | if (!s) {
|
---|
931 | /* push forward reference */
|
---|
932 | s = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
|
---|
933 | s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
934 | s->a = ad->a;
|
---|
935 | s->sym_scope = 0;
|
---|
936 | } else {
|
---|
937 | if (s->type.ref == func_old_type.ref) {
|
---|
938 | s->type.ref = type->ref;
|
---|
939 | s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
|
---|
940 | s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
941 | }
|
---|
942 | patch_storage(s, ad, type);
|
---|
943 | }
|
---|
944 | return s;
|
---|
945 | }
|
---|
946 |
|
---|
947 | /* push a reference to global symbol v */
|
---|
948 | ST_FUNC void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v)
|
---|
949 | {
|
---|
950 | vpushsym(type, external_global_sym(v, type, 0));
|
---|
951 | }
|
---|
952 |
|
---|
953 | /* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
|
---|
954 | ST_FUNC void save_regs(int n)
|
---|
955 | {
|
---|
956 | SValue *p, *p1;
|
---|
957 | for(p = vstack, p1 = vtop - n; p <= p1; p++)
|
---|
958 | save_reg(p->r);
|
---|
959 | }
|
---|
960 |
|
---|
961 | /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
|
---|
962 | ST_FUNC void save_reg(int r)
|
---|
963 | {
|
---|
964 | save_reg_upstack(r, 0);
|
---|
965 | }
|
---|
966 |
|
---|
967 | /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free,
|
---|
968 | if seen up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
|
---|
969 | ST_FUNC void save_reg_upstack(int r, int n)
|
---|
970 | {
|
---|
971 | int l, saved, size, align;
|
---|
972 | SValue *p, *p1, sv;
|
---|
973 | CType *type;
|
---|
974 |
|
---|
975 | if ((r &= VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST)
|
---|
976 | return;
|
---|
977 | if (nocode_wanted)
|
---|
978 | return;
|
---|
979 |
|
---|
980 | /* modify all stack values */
|
---|
981 | saved = 0;
|
---|
982 | l = 0;
|
---|
983 | for(p = vstack, p1 = vtop - n; p <= p1; p++) {
|
---|
984 | if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
|
---|
985 | ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)) {
|
---|
986 | /* must save value on stack if not already done */
|
---|
987 | if (!saved) {
|
---|
988 | /* NOTE: must reload 'r' because r might be equal to r2 */
|
---|
989 | r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
990 | /* store register in the stack */
|
---|
991 | type = &p->type;
|
---|
992 | if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) ||
|
---|
993 | (!is_float(type->t) && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG))
|
---|
994 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
995 | type = &char_pointer_type;
|
---|
996 | #else
|
---|
997 | type = &int_type;
|
---|
998 | #endif
|
---|
999 | size = type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
1000 | loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
---|
1001 | sv.type.t = type->t;
|
---|
1002 | sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
1003 | sv.c.i = loc;
|
---|
1004 | store(r, &sv);
|
---|
1005 | #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
|
---|
1006 | /* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
|
---|
1007 | if (r == TREG_ST0) {
|
---|
1008 | o(0xd8dd); /* fstp %st(0) */
|
---|
1009 | }
|
---|
1010 | #endif
|
---|
1011 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
1012 | /* special long long case */
|
---|
1013 | if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
1014 | sv.c.i += 4;
|
---|
1015 | store(p->r2, &sv);
|
---|
1016 | }
|
---|
1017 | #endif
|
---|
1018 | l = loc;
|
---|
1019 | saved = 1;
|
---|
1020 | }
|
---|
1021 | /* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
|
---|
1022 | if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
|
---|
1023 | /* also clear the bounded flag because the
|
---|
1024 | relocation address of the function was stored in
|
---|
1025 | p->c.i */
|
---|
1026 | p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
|
---|
1027 | } else {
|
---|
1028 | p->r = lvalue_type(p->type.t) | VT_LOCAL;
|
---|
1029 | }
|
---|
1030 | p->r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
1031 | p->c.i = l;
|
---|
1032 | }
|
---|
1033 | }
|
---|
1034 | }
|
---|
1035 |
|
---|
1036 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
---|
1037 | /* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
|
---|
1038 | * If none, call get_reg(rc) */
|
---|
1039 | ST_FUNC int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
|
---|
1040 | {
|
---|
1041 | int r;
|
---|
1042 | SValue *p;
|
---|
1043 |
|
---|
1044 | for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
|
---|
1045 | if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
|
---|
1046 | int n;
|
---|
1047 | n=0;
|
---|
1048 | for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
|
---|
1049 | if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
|
---|
1050 | (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
|
---|
1051 | n++;
|
---|
1052 | }
|
---|
1053 | if (n <= 1)
|
---|
1054 | return r;
|
---|
1055 | }
|
---|
1056 | }
|
---|
1057 | return get_reg(rc);
|
---|
1058 | }
|
---|
1059 | #endif
|
---|
1060 |
|
---|
1061 | /* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
|
---|
1062 | ST_FUNC int get_reg(int rc)
|
---|
1063 | {
|
---|
1064 | int r;
|
---|
1065 | SValue *p;
|
---|
1066 |
|
---|
1067 | /* find a free register */
|
---|
1068 | for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
|
---|
1069 | if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
|
---|
1070 | if (nocode_wanted)
|
---|
1071 | return r;
|
---|
1072 | for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
|
---|
1073 | if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
|
---|
1074 | (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
|
---|
1075 | goto notfound;
|
---|
1076 | }
|
---|
1077 | return r;
|
---|
1078 | }
|
---|
1079 | notfound: ;
|
---|
1080 | }
|
---|
1081 |
|
---|
1082 | /* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
|
---|
1083 | IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
|
---|
1084 | spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
|
---|
1085 | for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
|
---|
1086 | /* look at second register (if long long) */
|
---|
1087 | r = p->r2 & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
1088 | if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
|
---|
1089 | goto save_found;
|
---|
1090 | r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
1091 | if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
|
---|
1092 | save_found:
|
---|
1093 | save_reg(r);
|
---|
1094 | return r;
|
---|
1095 | }
|
---|
1096 | }
|
---|
1097 | /* Should never comes here */
|
---|
1098 | return -1;
|
---|
1099 | }
|
---|
1100 |
|
---|
1101 | /* move register 's' (of type 't') to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
|
---|
1102 | if needed */
|
---|
1103 | static void move_reg(int r, int s, int t)
|
---|
1104 | {
|
---|
1105 | SValue sv;
|
---|
1106 |
|
---|
1107 | if (r != s) {
|
---|
1108 | save_reg(r);
|
---|
1109 | sv.type.t = t;
|
---|
1110 | sv.type.ref = NULL;
|
---|
1111 | sv.r = s;
|
---|
1112 | sv.c.i = 0;
|
---|
1113 | load(r, &sv);
|
---|
1114 | }
|
---|
1115 | }
|
---|
1116 |
|
---|
1117 | /* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
|
---|
1118 | ST_FUNC void gaddrof(void)
|
---|
1119 | {
|
---|
1120 | vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
|
---|
1121 | /* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
|
---|
1122 | if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
|
---|
1123 | vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL_TYPE)) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
1124 |
|
---|
1125 |
|
---|
1126 | }
|
---|
1127 |
|
---|
1128 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
1129 | /* generate lvalue bound code */
|
---|
1130 | static void gbound(void)
|
---|
1131 | {
|
---|
1132 | int lval_type;
|
---|
1133 | CType type1;
|
---|
1134 |
|
---|
1135 | vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
|
---|
1136 | /* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
|
---|
1137 | if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
|
---|
1138 | /* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
|
---|
1139 | if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
|
---|
1140 | lval_type = vtop->r & (VT_LVAL_TYPE | VT_LVAL);
|
---|
1141 | /* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
|
---|
1142 | type1 = vtop->type;
|
---|
1143 | vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
|
---|
1144 | gaddrof();
|
---|
1145 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
1146 | gen_bounded_ptr_add();
|
---|
1147 | vtop->r |= lval_type;
|
---|
1148 | vtop->type = type1;
|
---|
1149 | }
|
---|
1150 | /* then check for dereferencing */
|
---|
1151 | gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
|
---|
1152 | }
|
---|
1153 | }
|
---|
1154 | #endif
|
---|
1155 |
|
---|
1156 | static void incr_bf_adr(int o)
|
---|
1157 | {
|
---|
1158 | vtop->type = char_pointer_type;
|
---|
1159 | gaddrof();
|
---|
1160 | vpushi(o);
|
---|
1161 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
1162 | vtop->type.t = (vtop->type.t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_DEFSIGN))
|
---|
1163 | | (VT_BYTE|VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
1164 | vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
|
---|
1165 | | (VT_LVAL_BYTE|VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED|VT_LVAL);
|
---|
1166 | }
|
---|
1167 |
|
---|
1168 | /* single-byte load mode for packed or otherwise unaligned bitfields */
|
---|
1169 | static void load_packed_bf(CType *type, int bit_pos, int bit_size)
|
---|
1170 | {
|
---|
1171 | int n, o, bits;
|
---|
1172 | save_reg_upstack(vtop->r, 1);
|
---|
1173 | vpush64(type->t & VT_BTYPE, 0); // B X
|
---|
1174 | bits = 0, o = bit_pos >> 3, bit_pos &= 7;
|
---|
1175 | do {
|
---|
1176 | vswap(); // X B
|
---|
1177 | incr_bf_adr(o);
|
---|
1178 | vdup(); // X B B
|
---|
1179 | n = 8 - bit_pos;
|
---|
1180 | if (n > bit_size)
|
---|
1181 | n = bit_size;
|
---|
1182 | if (bit_pos)
|
---|
1183 | vpushi(bit_pos), gen_op(TOK_SHR), bit_pos = 0; // X B Y
|
---|
1184 | if (n < 8)
|
---|
1185 | vpushi((1 << n) - 1), gen_op('&');
|
---|
1186 | gen_cast(type);
|
---|
1187 | if (bits)
|
---|
1188 | vpushi(bits), gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
1189 | vrotb(3); // B Y X
|
---|
1190 | gen_op('|'); // B X
|
---|
1191 | bits += n, bit_size -= n, o = 1;
|
---|
1192 | } while (bit_size);
|
---|
1193 | vswap(), vpop();
|
---|
1194 | if (!(type->t & VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
1195 | n = ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG ? 64 : 32) - bits;
|
---|
1196 | vpushi(n), gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
1197 | vpushi(n), gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
---|
1198 | }
|
---|
1199 | }
|
---|
1200 |
|
---|
1201 | /* single-byte store mode for packed or otherwise unaligned bitfields */
|
---|
1202 | static void store_packed_bf(int bit_pos, int bit_size)
|
---|
1203 | {
|
---|
1204 | int bits, n, o, m, c;
|
---|
1205 |
|
---|
1206 | c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
1207 | vswap(); // X B
|
---|
1208 | save_reg_upstack(vtop->r, 1);
|
---|
1209 | bits = 0, o = bit_pos >> 3, bit_pos &= 7;
|
---|
1210 | do {
|
---|
1211 | incr_bf_adr(o); // X B
|
---|
1212 | vswap(); //B X
|
---|
1213 | c ? vdup() : gv_dup(); // B V X
|
---|
1214 | vrott(3); // X B V
|
---|
1215 | if (bits)
|
---|
1216 | vpushi(bits), gen_op(TOK_SHR);
|
---|
1217 | if (bit_pos)
|
---|
1218 | vpushi(bit_pos), gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
1219 | n = 8 - bit_pos;
|
---|
1220 | if (n > bit_size)
|
---|
1221 | n = bit_size;
|
---|
1222 | if (n < 8) {
|
---|
1223 | m = ((1 << n) - 1) << bit_pos;
|
---|
1224 | vpushi(m), gen_op('&'); // X B V1
|
---|
1225 | vpushv(vtop-1); // X B V1 B
|
---|
1226 | vpushi(m & 0x80 ? ~m & 0x7f : ~m);
|
---|
1227 | gen_op('&'); // X B V1 B1
|
---|
1228 | gen_op('|'); // X B V2
|
---|
1229 | }
|
---|
1230 | vdup(), vtop[-1] = vtop[-2]; // X B B V2
|
---|
1231 | vstore(), vpop(); // X B
|
---|
1232 | bits += n, bit_size -= n, bit_pos = 0, o = 1;
|
---|
1233 | } while (bit_size);
|
---|
1234 | vpop(), vpop();
|
---|
1235 | }
|
---|
1236 |
|
---|
1237 | static int adjust_bf(SValue *sv, int bit_pos, int bit_size)
|
---|
1238 | {
|
---|
1239 | int t;
|
---|
1240 | if (0 == sv->type.ref)
|
---|
1241 | return 0;
|
---|
1242 | t = sv->type.ref->auxtype;
|
---|
1243 | if (t != -1 && t != VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
1244 | sv->type.t = (sv->type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | t;
|
---|
1245 | sv->r = (sv->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE) | lvalue_type(sv->type.t);
|
---|
1246 | }
|
---|
1247 | return t;
|
---|
1248 | }
|
---|
1249 |
|
---|
1250 | /* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
|
---|
1251 | converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
|
---|
1252 | register value (such as structures). */
|
---|
1253 | ST_FUNC int gv(int rc)
|
---|
1254 | {
|
---|
1255 | int r, bit_pos, bit_size, size, align, rc2;
|
---|
1256 |
|
---|
1257 | /* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
|
---|
1258 | if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
1259 | CType type;
|
---|
1260 |
|
---|
1261 | bit_pos = BIT_POS(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
1262 | bit_size = BIT_SIZE(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
1263 | /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
|
---|
1264 | vtop->type.t &= ~VT_STRUCT_MASK;
|
---|
1265 |
|
---|
1266 | type.ref = NULL;
|
---|
1267 | type.t = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
1268 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL)
|
---|
1269 | type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
1270 |
|
---|
1271 | r = adjust_bf(vtop, bit_pos, bit_size);
|
---|
1272 |
|
---|
1273 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
1274 | type.t |= VT_LLONG;
|
---|
1275 | else
|
---|
1276 | type.t |= VT_INT;
|
---|
1277 |
|
---|
1278 | if (r == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
1279 | load_packed_bf(&type, bit_pos, bit_size);
|
---|
1280 | } else {
|
---|
1281 | int bits = (type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG ? 64 : 32;
|
---|
1282 | /* cast to int to propagate signedness in following ops */
|
---|
1283 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
1284 | /* generate shifts */
|
---|
1285 | vpushi(bits - (bit_pos + bit_size));
|
---|
1286 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
1287 | vpushi(bits - bit_size);
|
---|
1288 | /* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
|
---|
1289 | gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
---|
1290 | }
|
---|
1291 | r = gv(rc);
|
---|
1292 | } else {
|
---|
1293 | if (is_float(vtop->type.t) &&
|
---|
1294 | (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
1295 | unsigned long offset;
|
---|
1296 | /* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
|
---|
1297 | generically in data segment */
|
---|
1298 | size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
|
---|
1299 | if (NODATA_WANTED)
|
---|
1300 | size = 0, align = 1;
|
---|
1301 | offset = section_add(data_section, size, align);
|
---|
1302 | vpush_ref(&vtop->type, data_section, offset, size);
|
---|
1303 | vswap();
|
---|
1304 | init_putv(&vtop->type, data_section, offset);
|
---|
1305 | vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
|
---|
1306 | }
|
---|
1307 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
1308 | if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
|
---|
1309 | gbound();
|
---|
1310 | #endif
|
---|
1311 |
|
---|
1312 | r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
1313 | rc2 = (rc & RC_FLOAT) ? RC_FLOAT : RC_INT;
|
---|
1314 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
|
---|
1315 | if (rc == RC_IRET)
|
---|
1316 | rc2 = RC_LRET;
|
---|
1317 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
1318 | else if (rc == RC_FRET)
|
---|
1319 | rc2 = RC_QRET;
|
---|
1320 | #endif
|
---|
1321 | #endif
|
---|
1322 | /* need to reload if:
|
---|
1323 | - constant
|
---|
1324 | - lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
|
---|
1325 | - already a register, but not in the right class */
|
---|
1326 | if (r >= VT_CONST
|
---|
1327 | || (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)
|
---|
1328 | || !(reg_classes[r] & rc)
|
---|
1329 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
1330 | || ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG && !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))
|
---|
1331 | || ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT && !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))
|
---|
1332 | #else
|
---|
1333 | || ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))
|
---|
1334 | #endif
|
---|
1335 | )
|
---|
1336 | {
|
---|
1337 | r = get_reg(rc);
|
---|
1338 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
1339 | if (((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG) || ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT)) {
|
---|
1340 | int addr_type = VT_LLONG, load_size = 8, load_type = ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG) ? VT_LLONG : VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
1341 | #else
|
---|
1342 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
1343 | int addr_type = VT_INT, load_size = 4, load_type = VT_INT;
|
---|
1344 | unsigned long long ll;
|
---|
1345 | #endif
|
---|
1346 | int r2, original_type;
|
---|
1347 | original_type = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
1348 | /* two register type load : expand to two words
|
---|
1349 | temporarily */
|
---|
1350 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
1351 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
1352 | /* load constant */
|
---|
1353 | ll = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
1354 | vtop->c.i = ll; /* first word */
|
---|
1355 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
1356 | vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
|
---|
1357 | vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
|
---|
1358 | } else
|
---|
1359 | #endif
|
---|
1360 | if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
|
---|
1361 | /* We do not want to modifier the long long
|
---|
1362 | pointer here, so the safest (and less
|
---|
1363 | efficient) is to save all the other registers
|
---|
1364 | in the stack. XXX: totally inefficient. */
|
---|
1365 | #if 0
|
---|
1366 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
1367 | #else
|
---|
1368 | /* lvalue_save: save only if used further down the stack */
|
---|
1369 | save_reg_upstack(vtop->r, 1);
|
---|
1370 | #endif
|
---|
1371 | /* load from memory */
|
---|
1372 | vtop->type.t = load_type;
|
---|
1373 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
1374 | vdup();
|
---|
1375 | vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
|
---|
1376 | /* increment pointer to get second word */
|
---|
1377 | vtop->type.t = addr_type;
|
---|
1378 | gaddrof();
|
---|
1379 | vpushi(load_size);
|
---|
1380 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
1381 | vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
|
---|
1382 | vtop->type.t = load_type;
|
---|
1383 | } else {
|
---|
1384 | /* move registers */
|
---|
1385 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
1386 | vdup();
|
---|
1387 | vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
|
---|
1388 | vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
|
---|
1389 | }
|
---|
1390 | /* Allocate second register. Here we rely on the fact that
|
---|
1391 | get_reg() tries first to free r2 of an SValue. */
|
---|
1392 | r2 = get_reg(rc2);
|
---|
1393 | load(r2, vtop);
|
---|
1394 | vpop();
|
---|
1395 | /* write second register */
|
---|
1396 | vtop->r2 = r2;
|
---|
1397 | vtop->type.t = original_type;
|
---|
1398 | } else if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
|
---|
1399 | int t1, t;
|
---|
1400 | /* lvalue of scalar type : need to use lvalue type
|
---|
1401 | because of possible cast */
|
---|
1402 | t = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
1403 | t1 = t;
|
---|
1404 | /* compute memory access type */
|
---|
1405 | if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_BYTE)
|
---|
1406 | t = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
1407 | else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_SHORT)
|
---|
1408 | t = VT_SHORT;
|
---|
1409 | if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
1410 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
1411 | vtop->type.t = t;
|
---|
1412 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
1413 | /* restore wanted type */
|
---|
1414 | vtop->type.t = t1;
|
---|
1415 | } else {
|
---|
1416 | /* one register type load */
|
---|
1417 | load(r, vtop);
|
---|
1418 | }
|
---|
1419 | }
|
---|
1420 | vtop->r = r;
|
---|
1421 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
|
---|
1422 | /* uses register pairs for doubles */
|
---|
1423 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE)
|
---|
1424 | vtop->r2 = r+1;
|
---|
1425 | #endif
|
---|
1426 | }
|
---|
1427 | return r;
|
---|
1428 | }
|
---|
1429 |
|
---|
1430 | /* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
|
---|
1431 | ST_FUNC void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
|
---|
1432 | {
|
---|
1433 | int v;
|
---|
1434 |
|
---|
1435 | /* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
|
---|
1436 | values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
|
---|
1437 | reload errors */
|
---|
1438 | v = vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
1439 | if (v != VT_CMP && (v & ~1) != VT_JMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
|
---|
1440 | vswap();
|
---|
1441 | gv(rc1);
|
---|
1442 | vswap();
|
---|
1443 | gv(rc2);
|
---|
1444 | /* test if reload is needed for first register */
|
---|
1445 | if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
|
---|
1446 | vswap();
|
---|
1447 | gv(rc1);
|
---|
1448 | vswap();
|
---|
1449 | }
|
---|
1450 | } else {
|
---|
1451 | gv(rc2);
|
---|
1452 | vswap();
|
---|
1453 | gv(rc1);
|
---|
1454 | vswap();
|
---|
1455 | /* test if reload is needed for first register */
|
---|
1456 | if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
|
---|
1457 | gv(rc2);
|
---|
1458 | }
|
---|
1459 | }
|
---|
1460 | }
|
---|
1461 |
|
---|
1462 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
|
---|
1463 | /* wrapper around RC_FRET to return a register by type */
|
---|
1464 | static int rc_fret(int t)
|
---|
1465 | {
|
---|
1466 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
1467 | if (t == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
1468 | return RC_ST0;
|
---|
1469 | }
|
---|
1470 | #endif
|
---|
1471 | return RC_FRET;
|
---|
1472 | }
|
---|
1473 | #endif
|
---|
1474 |
|
---|
1475 | /* wrapper around REG_FRET to return a register by type */
|
---|
1476 | static int reg_fret(int t)
|
---|
1477 | {
|
---|
1478 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
1479 | if (t == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
1480 | return TREG_ST0;
|
---|
1481 | }
|
---|
1482 | #endif
|
---|
1483 | return REG_FRET;
|
---|
1484 | }
|
---|
1485 |
|
---|
1486 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
1487 | /* expand 64bit on stack in two ints */
|
---|
1488 | static void lexpand(void)
|
---|
1489 | {
|
---|
1490 | int u, v;
|
---|
1491 | u = vtop->type.t & (VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
1492 | v = vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
|
---|
1493 | if (v == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
1494 | vdup();
|
---|
1495 | vtop[0].c.i >>= 32;
|
---|
1496 | } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
|
---|
1497 | vdup();
|
---|
1498 | vtop[0].c.i += 4;
|
---|
1499 | } else {
|
---|
1500 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
1501 | vdup();
|
---|
1502 | vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
|
---|
1503 | vtop[0].r2 = vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
1504 | }
|
---|
1505 | vtop[0].type.t = vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
---|
1506 | }
|
---|
1507 | #endif
|
---|
1508 |
|
---|
1509 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
---|
1510 | /* expand long long on stack */
|
---|
1511 | ST_FUNC void lexpand_nr(void)
|
---|
1512 | {
|
---|
1513 | int u,v;
|
---|
1514 |
|
---|
1515 | u = vtop->type.t & (VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
1516 | vdup();
|
---|
1517 | vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
1518 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
---|
1519 | v=vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
|
---|
1520 | if (v == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
1521 | vtop[-1].c.i = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
1522 | vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i >> 32;
|
---|
1523 | vtop->r = VT_CONST;
|
---|
1524 | } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
|
---|
1525 | vtop->c.i += 4;
|
---|
1526 | vtop->r = vtop[-1].r;
|
---|
1527 | } else if (v > VT_CONST) {
|
---|
1528 | vtop--;
|
---|
1529 | lexpand();
|
---|
1530 | } else
|
---|
1531 | vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
|
---|
1532 | vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
1533 | vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
|
---|
1534 | }
|
---|
1535 | #endif
|
---|
1536 |
|
---|
1537 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
1538 | /* build a long long from two ints */
|
---|
1539 | static void lbuild(int t)
|
---|
1540 | {
|
---|
1541 | gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
|
---|
1542 | vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
|
---|
1543 | vtop[-1].type.t = t;
|
---|
1544 | vpop();
|
---|
1545 | }
|
---|
1546 | #endif
|
---|
1547 |
|
---|
1548 | /* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
|
---|
1549 | register */
|
---|
1550 | static void gv_dup(void)
|
---|
1551 | {
|
---|
1552 | int rc, t, r, r1;
|
---|
1553 | SValue sv;
|
---|
1554 |
|
---|
1555 | t = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
1556 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
1557 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
1558 | if (t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
1559 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
1560 | t = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
1561 | }
|
---|
1562 | lexpand();
|
---|
1563 | gv_dup();
|
---|
1564 | vswap();
|
---|
1565 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1566 | gv_dup();
|
---|
1567 | vrotb(4);
|
---|
1568 | /* stack: H L L1 H1 */
|
---|
1569 | lbuild(t);
|
---|
1570 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1571 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1572 | vswap();
|
---|
1573 | lbuild(t);
|
---|
1574 | vswap();
|
---|
1575 | } else
|
---|
1576 | #endif
|
---|
1577 | {
|
---|
1578 | /* duplicate value */
|
---|
1579 | rc = RC_INT;
|
---|
1580 | sv.type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
1581 | if (is_float(t)) {
|
---|
1582 | rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
---|
1583 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
1584 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
1585 | rc = RC_ST0;
|
---|
1586 | }
|
---|
1587 | #endif
|
---|
1588 | sv.type.t = t;
|
---|
1589 | }
|
---|
1590 | r = gv(rc);
|
---|
1591 | r1 = get_reg(rc);
|
---|
1592 | sv.r = r;
|
---|
1593 | sv.c.i = 0;
|
---|
1594 | load(r1, &sv); /* move r to r1 */
|
---|
1595 | vdup();
|
---|
1596 | /* duplicates value */
|
---|
1597 | if (r != r1)
|
---|
1598 | vtop->r = r1;
|
---|
1599 | }
|
---|
1600 | }
|
---|
1601 |
|
---|
1602 | /* Generate value test
|
---|
1603 | *
|
---|
1604 | * Generate a test for any value (jump, comparison and integers) */
|
---|
1605 | ST_FUNC int gvtst(int inv, int t)
|
---|
1606 | {
|
---|
1607 | int v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
1608 | if (v != VT_CMP && v != VT_JMP && v != VT_JMPI) {
|
---|
1609 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
1610 | gen_op(TOK_NE);
|
---|
1611 | }
|
---|
1612 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
1613 | /* constant jmp optimization */
|
---|
1614 | if ((vtop->c.i != 0) != inv)
|
---|
1615 | t = gjmp(t);
|
---|
1616 | vtop--;
|
---|
1617 | return t;
|
---|
1618 | }
|
---|
1619 | return gtst(inv, t);
|
---|
1620 | }
|
---|
1621 |
|
---|
1622 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
1623 | /* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
|
---|
1624 | static void gen_opl(int op)
|
---|
1625 | {
|
---|
1626 | int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
|
---|
1627 | int func;
|
---|
1628 | unsigned short reg_iret = REG_IRET;
|
---|
1629 | unsigned short reg_lret = REG_LRET;
|
---|
1630 | SValue tmp;
|
---|
1631 |
|
---|
1632 | switch(op) {
|
---|
1633 | case '/':
|
---|
1634 | case TOK_PDIV:
|
---|
1635 | func = TOK___divdi3;
|
---|
1636 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
1637 | case TOK_UDIV:
|
---|
1638 | func = TOK___udivdi3;
|
---|
1639 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
1640 | case '%':
|
---|
1641 | func = TOK___moddi3;
|
---|
1642 | goto gen_mod_func;
|
---|
1643 | case TOK_UMOD:
|
---|
1644 | func = TOK___umoddi3;
|
---|
1645 | gen_mod_func:
|
---|
1646 | #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
---|
1647 | reg_iret = TREG_R2;
|
---|
1648 | reg_lret = TREG_R3;
|
---|
1649 | #endif
|
---|
1650 | gen_func:
|
---|
1651 | /* call generic long long function */
|
---|
1652 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, func);
|
---|
1653 | vrott(3);
|
---|
1654 | gfunc_call(2);
|
---|
1655 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
1656 | vtop->r = reg_iret;
|
---|
1657 | vtop->r2 = reg_lret;
|
---|
1658 | break;
|
---|
1659 | case '^':
|
---|
1660 | case '&':
|
---|
1661 | case '|':
|
---|
1662 | case '*':
|
---|
1663 | case '+':
|
---|
1664 | case '-':
|
---|
1665 | //pv("gen_opl A",0,2);
|
---|
1666 | t = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
1667 | vswap();
|
---|
1668 | lexpand();
|
---|
1669 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1670 | lexpand();
|
---|
1671 | /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
|
---|
1672 | tmp = vtop[0];
|
---|
1673 | vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
|
---|
1674 | vtop[-3] = tmp;
|
---|
1675 | tmp = vtop[-2];
|
---|
1676 | vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
|
---|
1677 | vtop[-3] = tmp;
|
---|
1678 | vswap();
|
---|
1679 | /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
|
---|
1680 | //pv("gen_opl B",0,4);
|
---|
1681 | if (op == '*') {
|
---|
1682 | vpushv(vtop - 1);
|
---|
1683 | vpushv(vtop - 1);
|
---|
1684 | gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
|
---|
1685 | lexpand();
|
---|
1686 | /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
|
---|
1687 | for(i=0;i<4;i++)
|
---|
1688 | vrotb(6);
|
---|
1689 | /* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
|
---|
1690 | tmp = vtop[0];
|
---|
1691 | vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
|
---|
1692 | vtop[-2] = tmp;
|
---|
1693 | /* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
|
---|
1694 | gen_op('*');
|
---|
1695 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1696 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1697 | gen_op('*');
|
---|
1698 | /* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
|
---|
1699 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
1700 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
1701 | } else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
|
---|
1702 | /* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
|
---|
1703 | if (op == '+')
|
---|
1704 | op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
|
---|
1705 | else
|
---|
1706 | op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
|
---|
1707 | gen_op(op1);
|
---|
1708 | /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
|
---|
1709 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1710 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1711 | gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
|
---|
1712 | } else {
|
---|
1713 | gen_op(op);
|
---|
1714 | /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
|
---|
1715 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1716 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1717 | /* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
|
---|
1718 | gen_op(op);
|
---|
1719 | /* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
|
---|
1720 | }
|
---|
1721 | /* stack: L H */
|
---|
1722 | lbuild(t);
|
---|
1723 | break;
|
---|
1724 | case TOK_SAR:
|
---|
1725 | case TOK_SHR:
|
---|
1726 | case TOK_SHL:
|
---|
1727 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
1728 | t = vtop[-1].type.t;
|
---|
1729 | vswap();
|
---|
1730 | lexpand();
|
---|
1731 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1732 | /* stack: L H shift */
|
---|
1733 | c = (int)vtop->c.i;
|
---|
1734 | /* constant: simpler */
|
---|
1735 | /* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
|
---|
1736 | done by swapping words */
|
---|
1737 | vpop();
|
---|
1738 | if (op != TOK_SHL)
|
---|
1739 | vswap();
|
---|
1740 | if (c >= 32) {
|
---|
1741 | /* stack: L H */
|
---|
1742 | vpop();
|
---|
1743 | if (c > 32) {
|
---|
1744 | vpushi(c - 32);
|
---|
1745 | gen_op(op);
|
---|
1746 | }
|
---|
1747 | if (op != TOK_SAR) {
|
---|
1748 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
1749 | } else {
|
---|
1750 | gv_dup();
|
---|
1751 | vpushi(31);
|
---|
1752 | gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
---|
1753 | }
|
---|
1754 | vswap();
|
---|
1755 | } else {
|
---|
1756 | vswap();
|
---|
1757 | gv_dup();
|
---|
1758 | /* stack: H L L */
|
---|
1759 | vpushi(c);
|
---|
1760 | gen_op(op);
|
---|
1761 | vswap();
|
---|
1762 | vpushi(32 - c);
|
---|
1763 | if (op == TOK_SHL)
|
---|
1764 | gen_op(TOK_SHR);
|
---|
1765 | else
|
---|
1766 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
1767 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1768 | /* stack: L L H */
|
---|
1769 | vpushi(c);
|
---|
1770 | if (op == TOK_SHL)
|
---|
1771 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
1772 | else
|
---|
1773 | gen_op(TOK_SHR);
|
---|
1774 | gen_op('|');
|
---|
1775 | }
|
---|
1776 | if (op != TOK_SHL)
|
---|
1777 | vswap();
|
---|
1778 | lbuild(t);
|
---|
1779 | } else {
|
---|
1780 | /* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
|
---|
1781 | switch(op) {
|
---|
1782 | case TOK_SAR:
|
---|
1783 | func = TOK___ashrdi3;
|
---|
1784 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
1785 | case TOK_SHR:
|
---|
1786 | func = TOK___lshrdi3;
|
---|
1787 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
1788 | case TOK_SHL:
|
---|
1789 | func = TOK___ashldi3;
|
---|
1790 | goto gen_func;
|
---|
1791 | }
|
---|
1792 | }
|
---|
1793 | break;
|
---|
1794 | default:
|
---|
1795 | /* compare operations */
|
---|
1796 | t = vtop->type.t;
|
---|
1797 | vswap();
|
---|
1798 | lexpand();
|
---|
1799 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
1800 | lexpand();
|
---|
1801 | /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
|
---|
1802 | tmp = vtop[-1];
|
---|
1803 | vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
|
---|
1804 | vtop[-2] = tmp;
|
---|
1805 | /* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
|
---|
1806 | /* compare high */
|
---|
1807 | op1 = op;
|
---|
1808 | /* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
|
---|
1809 | the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
|
---|
1810 | if (op1 == TOK_LT)
|
---|
1811 | op1 = TOK_LE;
|
---|
1812 | else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
|
---|
1813 | op1 = TOK_GE;
|
---|
1814 | else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
|
---|
1815 | op1 = TOK_ULE;
|
---|
1816 | else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
|
---|
1817 | op1 = TOK_UGE;
|
---|
1818 | a = 0;
|
---|
1819 | b = 0;
|
---|
1820 | gen_op(op1);
|
---|
1821 | if (op == TOK_NE) {
|
---|
1822 | b = gvtst(0, 0);
|
---|
1823 | } else {
|
---|
1824 | a = gvtst(1, 0);
|
---|
1825 | if (op != TOK_EQ) {
|
---|
1826 | /* generate non equal test */
|
---|
1827 | vpushi(TOK_NE);
|
---|
1828 | vtop->r = VT_CMP;
|
---|
1829 | b = gvtst(0, 0);
|
---|
1830 | }
|
---|
1831 | }
|
---|
1832 | /* compare low. Always unsigned */
|
---|
1833 | op1 = op;
|
---|
1834 | if (op1 == TOK_LT)
|
---|
1835 | op1 = TOK_ULT;
|
---|
1836 | else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
|
---|
1837 | op1 = TOK_ULE;
|
---|
1838 | else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
|
---|
1839 | op1 = TOK_UGT;
|
---|
1840 | else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
|
---|
1841 | op1 = TOK_UGE;
|
---|
1842 | gen_op(op1);
|
---|
1843 | a = gvtst(1, a);
|
---|
1844 | gsym(b);
|
---|
1845 | vseti(VT_JMPI, a);
|
---|
1846 | break;
|
---|
1847 | }
|
---|
1848 | }
|
---|
1849 | #endif
|
---|
1850 |
|
---|
1851 | static uint64_t gen_opic_sdiv(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
|
---|
1852 | {
|
---|
1853 | uint64_t x = (a >> 63 ? -a : a) / (b >> 63 ? -b : b);
|
---|
1854 | return (a ^ b) >> 63 ? -x : x;
|
---|
1855 | }
|
---|
1856 |
|
---|
1857 | static int gen_opic_lt(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
|
---|
1858 | {
|
---|
1859 | return (a ^ (uint64_t)1 << 63) < (b ^ (uint64_t)1 << 63);
|
---|
1860 | }
|
---|
1861 |
|
---|
1862 | /* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
|
---|
1863 | independent opt */
|
---|
1864 | static void gen_opic(int op)
|
---|
1865 | {
|
---|
1866 | SValue *v1 = vtop - 1;
|
---|
1867 | SValue *v2 = vtop;
|
---|
1868 | int t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
1869 | int t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
1870 | int c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
1871 | int c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
1872 | uint64_t l1 = c1 ? v1->c.i : 0;
|
---|
1873 | uint64_t l2 = c2 ? v2->c.i : 0;
|
---|
1874 | int shm = (t1 == VT_LLONG) ? 63 : 31;
|
---|
1875 |
|
---|
1876 | if (t1 != VT_LLONG && (PTR_SIZE != 8 || t1 != VT_PTR))
|
---|
1877 | l1 = ((uint32_t)l1 |
|
---|
1878 | (v1->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? 0 : -(l1 & 0x80000000)));
|
---|
1879 | if (t2 != VT_LLONG && (PTR_SIZE != 8 || t2 != VT_PTR))
|
---|
1880 | l2 = ((uint32_t)l2 |
|
---|
1881 | (v2->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? 0 : -(l2 & 0x80000000)));
|
---|
1882 |
|
---|
1883 | if (c1 && c2) {
|
---|
1884 | switch(op) {
|
---|
1885 | case '+': l1 += l2; break;
|
---|
1886 | case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
|
---|
1887 | case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
|
---|
1888 | case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
|
---|
1889 | case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
|
---|
1890 | case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
|
---|
1891 |
|
---|
1892 | case TOK_PDIV:
|
---|
1893 | case '/':
|
---|
1894 | case '%':
|
---|
1895 | case TOK_UDIV:
|
---|
1896 | case TOK_UMOD:
|
---|
1897 | /* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
|
---|
1898 | if (l2 == 0) {
|
---|
1899 | if (const_wanted)
|
---|
1900 | tcc_error("division by zero in constant");
|
---|
1901 | goto general_case;
|
---|
1902 | }
|
---|
1903 | switch(op) {
|
---|
1904 | default: l1 = gen_opic_sdiv(l1, l2); break;
|
---|
1905 | case '%': l1 = l1 - l2 * gen_opic_sdiv(l1, l2); break;
|
---|
1906 | case TOK_UDIV: l1 = l1 / l2; break;
|
---|
1907 | case TOK_UMOD: l1 = l1 % l2; break;
|
---|
1908 | }
|
---|
1909 | break;
|
---|
1910 | case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= (l2 & shm); break;
|
---|
1911 | case TOK_SHR: l1 >>= (l2 & shm); break;
|
---|
1912 | case TOK_SAR:
|
---|
1913 | l1 = (l1 >> 63) ? ~(~l1 >> (l2 & shm)) : l1 >> (l2 & shm);
|
---|
1914 | break;
|
---|
1915 | /* tests */
|
---|
1916 | case TOK_ULT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
|
---|
1917 | case TOK_UGE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
|
---|
1918 | case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
|
---|
1919 | case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
|
---|
1920 | case TOK_ULE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
|
---|
1921 | case TOK_UGT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
|
---|
1922 | case TOK_LT: l1 = gen_opic_lt(l1, l2); break;
|
---|
1923 | case TOK_GE: l1 = !gen_opic_lt(l1, l2); break;
|
---|
1924 | case TOK_LE: l1 = !gen_opic_lt(l2, l1); break;
|
---|
1925 | case TOK_GT: l1 = gen_opic_lt(l2, l1); break;
|
---|
1926 | /* logical */
|
---|
1927 | case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
|
---|
1928 | case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
|
---|
1929 | default:
|
---|
1930 | goto general_case;
|
---|
1931 | }
|
---|
1932 | if (t1 != VT_LLONG && (PTR_SIZE != 8 || t1 != VT_PTR))
|
---|
1933 | l1 = ((uint32_t)l1 |
|
---|
1934 | (v1->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? 0 : -(l1 & 0x80000000)));
|
---|
1935 | v1->c.i = l1;
|
---|
1936 | vtop--;
|
---|
1937 | } else {
|
---|
1938 | /* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
|
---|
1939 | if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' ||
|
---|
1940 | op == '|' || op == '*')) {
|
---|
1941 | vswap();
|
---|
1942 | c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
|
---|
1943 | l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
|
---|
1944 | }
|
---|
1945 | if (!const_wanted &&
|
---|
1946 | c1 && ((l1 == 0 &&
|
---|
1947 | (op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR)) ||
|
---|
1948 | (l1 == -1 && op == TOK_SAR))) {
|
---|
1949 | /* treat (0 << x), (0 >> x) and (-1 >> x) as constant */
|
---|
1950 | vtop--;
|
---|
1951 | } else if (!const_wanted &&
|
---|
1952 | c2 && ((l2 == 0 && (op == '&' || op == '*')) ||
|
---|
1953 | (op == '|' &&
|
---|
1954 | (l2 == -1 || (l2 == 0xFFFFFFFF && t2 != VT_LLONG))) ||
|
---|
1955 | (l2 == 1 && (op == '%' || op == TOK_UMOD)))) {
|
---|
1956 | /* treat (x & 0), (x * 0), (x | -1) and (x % 1) as constant */
|
---|
1957 | if (l2 == 1)
|
---|
1958 | vtop->c.i = 0;
|
---|
1959 | vswap();
|
---|
1960 | vtop--;
|
---|
1961 | } else if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
|
---|
1962 | op == TOK_PDIV) &&
|
---|
1963 | l2 == 1) ||
|
---|
1964 | ((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
|
---|
1965 | op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
|
---|
1966 | l2 == 0) ||
|
---|
1967 | (op == '&' &&
|
---|
1968 | (l2 == -1 || (l2 == 0xFFFFFFFF && t2 != VT_LLONG))))) {
|
---|
1969 | /* filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
|
---|
1970 | vtop--;
|
---|
1971 | } else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
|
---|
1972 | /* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
|
---|
1973 | if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
|
---|
1974 | int n = -1;
|
---|
1975 | while (l2) {
|
---|
1976 | l2 >>= 1;
|
---|
1977 | n++;
|
---|
1978 | }
|
---|
1979 | vtop->c.i = n;
|
---|
1980 | if (op == '*')
|
---|
1981 | op = TOK_SHL;
|
---|
1982 | else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
|
---|
1983 | op = TOK_SAR;
|
---|
1984 | else
|
---|
1985 | op = TOK_SHR;
|
---|
1986 | }
|
---|
1987 | goto general_case;
|
---|
1988 | } else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
|
---|
1989 | (((vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM))
|
---|
1990 | || (vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_LOCAL)) {
|
---|
1991 | /* symbol + constant case */
|
---|
1992 | if (op == '-')
|
---|
1993 | l2 = -l2;
|
---|
1994 | l2 += vtop[-1].c.i;
|
---|
1995 | /* The backends can't always deal with addends to symbols
|
---|
1996 | larger than +-1<<31. Don't construct such. */
|
---|
1997 | if ((int)l2 != l2)
|
---|
1998 | goto general_case;
|
---|
1999 | vtop--;
|
---|
2000 | vtop->c.i = l2;
|
---|
2001 | } else {
|
---|
2002 | general_case:
|
---|
2003 | /* call low level op generator */
|
---|
2004 | if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG ||
|
---|
2005 | (PTR_SIZE == 8 && (t1 == VT_PTR || t2 == VT_PTR)))
|
---|
2006 | gen_opl(op);
|
---|
2007 | else
|
---|
2008 | gen_opi(op);
|
---|
2009 | }
|
---|
2010 | }
|
---|
2011 | }
|
---|
2012 |
|
---|
2013 | /* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
|
---|
2014 | static void gen_opif(int op)
|
---|
2015 | {
|
---|
2016 | int c1, c2;
|
---|
2017 | SValue *v1, *v2;
|
---|
2018 | #if defined _MSC_VER && defined _AMD64_
|
---|
2019 | /* avoid bad optimization with f1 -= f2 for f1:-0.0, f2:0.0 */
|
---|
2020 | volatile
|
---|
2021 | #endif
|
---|
2022 | long double f1, f2;
|
---|
2023 |
|
---|
2024 | v1 = vtop - 1;
|
---|
2025 | v2 = vtop;
|
---|
2026 | /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
|
---|
2027 | c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
2028 | c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
2029 | if (c1 && c2) {
|
---|
2030 | if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
|
---|
2031 | f1 = v1->c.f;
|
---|
2032 | f2 = v2->c.f;
|
---|
2033 | } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
2034 | f1 = v1->c.d;
|
---|
2035 | f2 = v2->c.d;
|
---|
2036 | } else {
|
---|
2037 | f1 = v1->c.ld;
|
---|
2038 | f2 = v2->c.ld;
|
---|
2039 | }
|
---|
2040 |
|
---|
2041 | /* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
|
---|
2042 | NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
|
---|
2043 | if (!ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2))
|
---|
2044 | goto general_case;
|
---|
2045 |
|
---|
2046 | switch(op) {
|
---|
2047 | case '+': f1 += f2; break;
|
---|
2048 | case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
|
---|
2049 | case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
|
---|
2050 | case '/':
|
---|
2051 | if (f2 == 0.0) {
|
---|
2052 | if (const_wanted)
|
---|
2053 | tcc_error("division by zero in constant");
|
---|
2054 | goto general_case;
|
---|
2055 | }
|
---|
2056 | f1 /= f2;
|
---|
2057 | break;
|
---|
2058 | /* XXX: also handles tests ? */
|
---|
2059 | default:
|
---|
2060 | goto general_case;
|
---|
2061 | }
|
---|
2062 | /* XXX: overflow test ? */
|
---|
2063 | if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
|
---|
2064 | v1->c.f = f1;
|
---|
2065 | } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
2066 | v1->c.d = f1;
|
---|
2067 | } else {
|
---|
2068 | v1->c.ld = f1;
|
---|
2069 | }
|
---|
2070 | vtop--;
|
---|
2071 | } else {
|
---|
2072 | general_case:
|
---|
2073 | gen_opf(op);
|
---|
2074 | }
|
---|
2075 | }
|
---|
2076 |
|
---|
2077 | static int pointed_size(CType *type)
|
---|
2078 | {
|
---|
2079 | int align;
|
---|
2080 | return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
|
---|
2081 | }
|
---|
2082 |
|
---|
2083 | static void vla_runtime_pointed_size(CType *type)
|
---|
2084 | {
|
---|
2085 | int align;
|
---|
2086 | vla_runtime_type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
|
---|
2087 | }
|
---|
2088 |
|
---|
2089 | static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
|
---|
2090 | {
|
---|
2091 | if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
|
---|
2092 | return 0;
|
---|
2093 | return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && (uint32_t)p->c.i == 0) ||
|
---|
2094 | ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.i == 0) ||
|
---|
2095 | ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR &&
|
---|
2096 | (PTR_SIZE == 4 ? (uint32_t)p->c.i == 0 : p->c.i == 0));
|
---|
2097 | }
|
---|
2098 |
|
---|
2099 | static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
|
---|
2100 | {
|
---|
2101 | return (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_SHORT ||
|
---|
2102 | bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG);
|
---|
2103 | }
|
---|
2104 |
|
---|
2105 | /* check types for comparison or subtraction of pointers */
|
---|
2106 | static void check_comparison_pointer_types(SValue *p1, SValue *p2, int op)
|
---|
2107 | {
|
---|
2108 | CType *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
|
---|
2109 | int bt1, bt2;
|
---|
2110 |
|
---|
2111 | /* null pointers are accepted for all comparisons as gcc */
|
---|
2112 | if (is_null_pointer(p1) || is_null_pointer(p2))
|
---|
2113 | return;
|
---|
2114 | type1 = &p1->type;
|
---|
2115 | type2 = &p2->type;
|
---|
2116 | bt1 = type1->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2117 | bt2 = type2->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2118 | /* accept comparison between pointer and integer with a warning */
|
---|
2119 | if ((is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)) && op != '-') {
|
---|
2120 | if (op != TOK_LOR && op != TOK_LAND )
|
---|
2121 | tcc_warning("comparison between pointer and integer");
|
---|
2122 | return;
|
---|
2123 | }
|
---|
2124 |
|
---|
2125 | /* both must be pointers or implicit function pointers */
|
---|
2126 | if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
2127 | type1 = pointed_type(type1);
|
---|
2128 | } else if (bt1 != VT_FUNC)
|
---|
2129 | goto invalid_operands;
|
---|
2130 |
|
---|
2131 | if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
2132 | type2 = pointed_type(type2);
|
---|
2133 | } else if (bt2 != VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
2134 | invalid_operands:
|
---|
2135 | tcc_error("invalid operands to binary %s", get_tok_str(op, NULL));
|
---|
2136 | }
|
---|
2137 | if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
|
---|
2138 | (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
|
---|
2139 | return;
|
---|
2140 | tmp_type1 = *type1;
|
---|
2141 | tmp_type2 = *type2;
|
---|
2142 | tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
2143 | tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
2144 | if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
|
---|
2145 | /* gcc-like error if '-' is used */
|
---|
2146 | if (op == '-')
|
---|
2147 | goto invalid_operands;
|
---|
2148 | else
|
---|
2149 | tcc_warning("comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast");
|
---|
2150 | }
|
---|
2151 | }
|
---|
2152 |
|
---|
2153 | /* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
|
---|
2154 | ST_FUNC void gen_op(int op)
|
---|
2155 | {
|
---|
2156 | int u, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
|
---|
2157 | CType type1;
|
---|
2158 |
|
---|
2159 | redo:
|
---|
2160 | t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
|
---|
2161 | t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
|
---|
2162 | bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2163 | bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2164 |
|
---|
2165 | if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
2166 | tcc_error("operation on a struct");
|
---|
2167 | } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
2168 | if (bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
2169 | mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
---|
2170 | gaddrof();
|
---|
2171 | }
|
---|
2172 | if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
2173 | vswap();
|
---|
2174 | mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
---|
2175 | gaddrof();
|
---|
2176 | vswap();
|
---|
2177 | }
|
---|
2178 | goto redo;
|
---|
2179 | } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
2180 | /* at least one operand is a pointer */
|
---|
2181 | /* relational op: must be both pointers */
|
---|
2182 | if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_LOR) {
|
---|
2183 | check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
|
---|
2184 | /* pointers are handled are unsigned */
|
---|
2185 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
2186 | t = VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
2187 | #else
|
---|
2188 | t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
2189 | #endif
|
---|
2190 | goto std_op;
|
---|
2191 | }
|
---|
2192 | /* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
|
---|
2193 | if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
2194 | if (op != '-')
|
---|
2195 | tcc_error("cannot use pointers here");
|
---|
2196 | check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
|
---|
2197 | /* XXX: check that types are compatible */
|
---|
2198 | if (vtop[-1].type.t & VT_VLA) {
|
---|
2199 | vla_runtime_pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
2200 | } else {
|
---|
2201 | vpushi(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
|
---|
2202 | }
|
---|
2203 | vrott(3);
|
---|
2204 | gen_opic(op);
|
---|
2205 | vtop->type.t = ptrdiff_type.t;
|
---|
2206 | vswap();
|
---|
2207 | gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
|
---|
2208 | } else {
|
---|
2209 | /* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
|
---|
2210 | if (op != '-' && op != '+')
|
---|
2211 | tcc_error("cannot use pointers here");
|
---|
2212 | /* Put pointer as first operand */
|
---|
2213 | if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
2214 | vswap();
|
---|
2215 | t = t1, t1 = t2, t2 = t;
|
---|
2216 | }
|
---|
2217 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
2218 | if ((vtop[0].type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
2219 | /* XXX: truncate here because gen_opl can't handle ptr + long long */
|
---|
2220 | gen_cast_s(VT_INT);
|
---|
2221 | #endif
|
---|
2222 | type1 = vtop[-1].type;
|
---|
2223 | type1.t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
|
---|
2224 | if (vtop[-1].type.t & VT_VLA)
|
---|
2225 | vla_runtime_pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
2226 | else {
|
---|
2227 | u = pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
2228 | if (u < 0)
|
---|
2229 | tcc_error("unknown array element size");
|
---|
2230 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
2231 | vpushll(u);
|
---|
2232 | #else
|
---|
2233 | /* XXX: cast to int ? (long long case) */
|
---|
2234 | vpushi(u);
|
---|
2235 | #endif
|
---|
2236 | }
|
---|
2237 | gen_op('*');
|
---|
2238 | #if 0
|
---|
2239 | /* #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
2240 | The main reason to removing this code:
|
---|
2241 | #include <stdio.h>
|
---|
2242 | int main ()
|
---|
2243 | {
|
---|
2244 | int v[10];
|
---|
2245 | int i = 10;
|
---|
2246 | int j = 9;
|
---|
2247 | fprintf(stderr, "v+i-j = %p\n", v+i-j);
|
---|
2248 | fprintf(stderr, "v+(i-j) = %p\n", v+(i-j));
|
---|
2249 | }
|
---|
2250 | When this code is on. then the output looks like
|
---|
2251 | v+i-j = 0xfffffffe
|
---|
2252 | v+(i-j) = 0xbff84000
|
---|
2253 | */
|
---|
2254 | /* if evaluating constant expression, no code should be
|
---|
2255 | generated, so no bound check */
|
---|
2256 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
|
---|
2257 | /* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
|
---|
2258 | test bounds */
|
---|
2259 | if (op == '-') {
|
---|
2260 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
2261 | vswap();
|
---|
2262 | gen_op('-');
|
---|
2263 | }
|
---|
2264 | gen_bounded_ptr_add();
|
---|
2265 | } else
|
---|
2266 | #endif
|
---|
2267 | {
|
---|
2268 | gen_opic(op);
|
---|
2269 | }
|
---|
2270 | /* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
|
---|
2271 | vtop->type = type1;
|
---|
2272 | }
|
---|
2273 | } else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
|
---|
2274 | /* compute bigger type and do implicit casts */
|
---|
2275 | if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
2276 | t = VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
2277 | } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
2278 | t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
2279 | } else {
|
---|
2280 | t = VT_FLOAT;
|
---|
2281 | }
|
---|
2282 | /* floats can only be used for a few operations */
|
---|
2283 | if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/' &&
|
---|
2284 | (op < TOK_ULT || op > TOK_GT))
|
---|
2285 | tcc_error("invalid operands for binary operation");
|
---|
2286 | goto std_op;
|
---|
2287 | } else if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL) {
|
---|
2288 | t = bt1 == VT_LLONG ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT;
|
---|
2289 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (t | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
2290 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
2291 | t |= (VT_LONG & t1);
|
---|
2292 | goto std_op;
|
---|
2293 | } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
2294 | /* cast to biggest op */
|
---|
2295 | t = VT_LLONG | VT_LONG;
|
---|
2296 | if (bt1 == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
2297 | t &= t1;
|
---|
2298 | if (bt2 == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
2299 | t &= t2;
|
---|
2300 | /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
|
---|
2301 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
---|
2302 | (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
2303 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
2304 | goto std_op;
|
---|
2305 | } else {
|
---|
2306 | /* integer operations */
|
---|
2307 | t = VT_INT | (VT_LONG & (t1 | t2));
|
---|
2308 | /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
|
---|
2309 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
---|
2310 | (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
2311 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
2312 | std_op:
|
---|
2313 | /* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
|
---|
2314 | we modify them here */
|
---|
2315 | if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
|
---|
2316 | if (op == TOK_SAR)
|
---|
2317 | op = TOK_SHR;
|
---|
2318 | else if (op == '/')
|
---|
2319 | op = TOK_UDIV;
|
---|
2320 | else if (op == '%')
|
---|
2321 | op = TOK_UMOD;
|
---|
2322 | else if (op == TOK_LT)
|
---|
2323 | op = TOK_ULT;
|
---|
2324 | else if (op == TOK_GT)
|
---|
2325 | op = TOK_UGT;
|
---|
2326 | else if (op == TOK_LE)
|
---|
2327 | op = TOK_ULE;
|
---|
2328 | else if (op == TOK_GE)
|
---|
2329 | op = TOK_UGE;
|
---|
2330 | }
|
---|
2331 | vswap();
|
---|
2332 | type1.t = t;
|
---|
2333 | type1.ref = NULL;
|
---|
2334 | gen_cast(&type1);
|
---|
2335 | vswap();
|
---|
2336 | /* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
|
---|
2337 | an integer */
|
---|
2338 | if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
|
---|
2339 | type1.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
2340 | gen_cast(&type1);
|
---|
2341 | if (is_float(t))
|
---|
2342 | gen_opif(op);
|
---|
2343 | else
|
---|
2344 | gen_opic(op);
|
---|
2345 | if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_GT) {
|
---|
2346 | /* relational op: the result is an int */
|
---|
2347 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
2348 | } else {
|
---|
2349 | vtop->type.t = t;
|
---|
2350 | }
|
---|
2351 | }
|
---|
2352 | // Make sure that we have converted to an rvalue:
|
---|
2353 | if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)
|
---|
2354 | gv(is_float(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) ? RC_FLOAT : RC_INT);
|
---|
2355 | }
|
---|
2356 |
|
---|
2357 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
---|
2358 | /* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
|
---|
2359 | static void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
|
---|
2360 | {
|
---|
2361 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
|
---|
2362 | gen_cvt_itof(t);
|
---|
2363 | #else
|
---|
2364 | if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) ==
|
---|
2365 | (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
2366 |
|
---|
2367 | if (t == VT_FLOAT)
|
---|
2368 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundisf);
|
---|
2369 | #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
|
---|
2370 | else if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
|
---|
2371 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundixf);
|
---|
2372 | #endif
|
---|
2373 | else
|
---|
2374 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundidf);
|
---|
2375 | vrott(2);
|
---|
2376 | gfunc_call(1);
|
---|
2377 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
2378 | vtop->r = reg_fret(t);
|
---|
2379 | } else {
|
---|
2380 | gen_cvt_itof(t);
|
---|
2381 | }
|
---|
2382 | #endif
|
---|
2383 | }
|
---|
2384 | #endif
|
---|
2385 |
|
---|
2386 | /* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
|
---|
2387 | static void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
|
---|
2388 | {
|
---|
2389 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
|
---|
2390 | gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
|
---|
2391 | #else
|
---|
2392 | int st;
|
---|
2393 |
|
---|
2394 | if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
2395 | /* not handled natively */
|
---|
2396 | st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2397 | if (st == VT_FLOAT)
|
---|
2398 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunssfdi);
|
---|
2399 | #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
|
---|
2400 | else if (st == VT_LDOUBLE)
|
---|
2401 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsxfdi);
|
---|
2402 | #endif
|
---|
2403 | else
|
---|
2404 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsdfdi);
|
---|
2405 | vrott(2);
|
---|
2406 | gfunc_call(1);
|
---|
2407 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
2408 | vtop->r = REG_IRET;
|
---|
2409 | vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
|
---|
2410 | } else {
|
---|
2411 | gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
|
---|
2412 | }
|
---|
2413 | #endif
|
---|
2414 | }
|
---|
2415 |
|
---|
2416 | /* force char or short cast */
|
---|
2417 | static void force_charshort_cast(int t)
|
---|
2418 | {
|
---|
2419 | int bits, dbt;
|
---|
2420 |
|
---|
2421 | /* cannot cast static initializers */
|
---|
2422 | if (STATIC_DATA_WANTED)
|
---|
2423 | return;
|
---|
2424 |
|
---|
2425 | dbt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2426 | /* XXX: add optimization if lvalue : just change type and offset */
|
---|
2427 | if (dbt == VT_BYTE)
|
---|
2428 | bits = 8;
|
---|
2429 | else
|
---|
2430 | bits = 16;
|
---|
2431 | if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
|
---|
2432 | vpushi((1 << bits) - 1);
|
---|
2433 | gen_op('&');
|
---|
2434 | } else {
|
---|
2435 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
2436 | bits = 64 - bits;
|
---|
2437 | else
|
---|
2438 | bits = 32 - bits;
|
---|
2439 | vpushi(bits);
|
---|
2440 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
2441 | /* result must be signed or the SAR is converted to an SHL
|
---|
2442 | This was not the case when "t" was a signed short
|
---|
2443 | and the last value on the stack was an unsigned int */
|
---|
2444 | vtop->type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
2445 | vpushi(bits);
|
---|
2446 | gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
---|
2447 | }
|
---|
2448 | }
|
---|
2449 |
|
---|
2450 | /* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
|
---|
2451 | static void gen_cast_s(int t)
|
---|
2452 | {
|
---|
2453 | CType type;
|
---|
2454 | type.t = t;
|
---|
2455 | type.ref = NULL;
|
---|
2456 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
2457 | }
|
---|
2458 |
|
---|
2459 | static void gen_cast(CType *type)
|
---|
2460 | {
|
---|
2461 | int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c, p;
|
---|
2462 |
|
---|
2463 | /* special delayed cast for char/short */
|
---|
2464 | /* XXX: in some cases (multiple cascaded casts), it may still
|
---|
2465 | be incorrect */
|
---|
2466 | if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
|
---|
2467 | vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
|
---|
2468 | force_charshort_cast(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
2469 | }
|
---|
2470 |
|
---|
2471 | /* bitfields first get cast to ints */
|
---|
2472 | if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
2473 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
2474 | }
|
---|
2475 |
|
---|
2476 | dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
2477 | sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
2478 |
|
---|
2479 | if (sbt != dbt) {
|
---|
2480 | sf = is_float(sbt);
|
---|
2481 | df = is_float(dbt);
|
---|
2482 | c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
2483 | p = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM);
|
---|
2484 | #if !defined TCC_IS_NATIVE && !defined TCC_IS_NATIVE_387
|
---|
2485 | c &= dbt != VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
2486 | #endif
|
---|
2487 | if (c) {
|
---|
2488 | /* constant case: we can do it now */
|
---|
2489 | /* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
|
---|
2490 | if (sbt == VT_FLOAT)
|
---|
2491 | vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.f;
|
---|
2492 | else if (sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
|
---|
2493 | vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.d;
|
---|
2494 |
|
---|
2495 | if (df) {
|
---|
2496 | if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
2497 | if ((sbt & VT_UNSIGNED) || !(vtop->c.i >> 63))
|
---|
2498 | vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
2499 | else
|
---|
2500 | vtop->c.ld = -(long double)-vtop->c.i;
|
---|
2501 | } else if(!sf) {
|
---|
2502 | if ((sbt & VT_UNSIGNED) || !(vtop->c.i >> 31))
|
---|
2503 | vtop->c.ld = (uint32_t)vtop->c.i;
|
---|
2504 | else
|
---|
2505 | vtop->c.ld = -(long double)-(uint32_t)vtop->c.i;
|
---|
2506 | }
|
---|
2507 |
|
---|
2508 | if (dbt == VT_FLOAT)
|
---|
2509 | vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
2510 | else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE)
|
---|
2511 | vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
2512 | } else if (sf && dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
2513 | vtop->c.i = vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
2514 | } else if (sf && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
2515 | vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ld != 0);
|
---|
2516 | } else {
|
---|
2517 | if(sf)
|
---|
2518 | vtop->c.i = vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
2519 | else if (sbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
2520 | ;
|
---|
2521 | else if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
2522 | vtop->c.i = (uint32_t)vtop->c.i;
|
---|
2523 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
2524 | else if (sbt == VT_PTR)
|
---|
2525 | ;
|
---|
2526 | #endif
|
---|
2527 | else if (sbt != VT_LLONG)
|
---|
2528 | vtop->c.i = ((uint32_t)vtop->c.i |
|
---|
2529 | -(vtop->c.i & 0x80000000));
|
---|
2530 |
|
---|
2531 | if (dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
2532 | ;
|
---|
2533 | else if (dbt == VT_BOOL)
|
---|
2534 | vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.i != 0);
|
---|
2535 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
2536 | else if (dbt == VT_PTR)
|
---|
2537 | ;
|
---|
2538 | #endif
|
---|
2539 | else if (dbt != VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
2540 | uint32_t m = ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ? 0xff :
|
---|
2541 | (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT ? 0xffff :
|
---|
2542 | 0xffffffff);
|
---|
2543 | vtop->c.i &= m;
|
---|
2544 | if (!(dbt & VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
2545 | vtop->c.i |= -(vtop->c.i & ((m >> 1) + 1));
|
---|
2546 | }
|
---|
2547 | }
|
---|
2548 | } else if (p && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
2549 | vtop->r = VT_CONST;
|
---|
2550 | vtop->c.i = 1;
|
---|
2551 | } else {
|
---|
2552 | /* non constant case: generate code */
|
---|
2553 | if (sf && df) {
|
---|
2554 | /* convert from fp to fp */
|
---|
2555 | gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
|
---|
2556 | } else if (df) {
|
---|
2557 | /* convert int to fp */
|
---|
2558 | gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
|
---|
2559 | } else if (sf) {
|
---|
2560 | /* convert fp to int */
|
---|
2561 | if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
2562 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
2563 | gen_op(TOK_NE);
|
---|
2564 | } else {
|
---|
2565 | /* we handle char/short/etc... with generic code */
|
---|
2566 | if (dbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
|
---|
2567 | dbt != (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
|
---|
2568 | dbt != VT_LLONG)
|
---|
2569 | dbt = VT_INT;
|
---|
2570 | gen_cvt_ftoi1(dbt);
|
---|
2571 | if (dbt == VT_INT && (type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) != dbt) {
|
---|
2572 | /* additional cast for char/short... */
|
---|
2573 | vtop->type.t = dbt;
|
---|
2574 | gen_cast(type);
|
---|
2575 | }
|
---|
2576 | }
|
---|
2577 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
2578 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
2579 | if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
2580 | /* scalar to long long */
|
---|
2581 | /* machine independent conversion */
|
---|
2582 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
2583 | /* generate high word */
|
---|
2584 | if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
2585 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
2586 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
2587 | } else {
|
---|
2588 | if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
2589 | /* cast from pointer to int before we apply
|
---|
2590 | shift operation, which pointers don't support*/
|
---|
2591 | gen_cast_s(VT_INT);
|
---|
2592 | }
|
---|
2593 | gv_dup();
|
---|
2594 | vpushi(31);
|
---|
2595 | gen_op(TOK_SAR);
|
---|
2596 | }
|
---|
2597 | /* patch second register */
|
---|
2598 | vtop[-1].r2 = vtop->r;
|
---|
2599 | vpop();
|
---|
2600 | }
|
---|
2601 | #else
|
---|
2602 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG ||
|
---|
2603 | (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR ||
|
---|
2604 | (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
2605 | if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG &&
|
---|
2606 | (sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR &&
|
---|
2607 | (sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
2608 | /* need to convert from 32bit to 64bit */
|
---|
2609 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
2610 | if (sbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
|
---|
2611 | #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64)
|
---|
2612 | gen_cvt_sxtw();
|
---|
2613 | #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
|
---|
2614 | int r = gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
2615 | /* x86_64 specific: movslq */
|
---|
2616 | o(0x6348);
|
---|
2617 | o(0xc0 + (REG_VALUE(r) << 3) + REG_VALUE(r));
|
---|
2618 | #else
|
---|
2619 | #error
|
---|
2620 | #endif
|
---|
2621 | }
|
---|
2622 | }
|
---|
2623 | #endif
|
---|
2624 | } else if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
2625 | /* scalar to bool */
|
---|
2626 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
2627 | gen_op(TOK_NE);
|
---|
2628 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ||
|
---|
2629 | (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT) {
|
---|
2630 | if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
2631 | vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
2632 | tcc_warning("nonportable conversion from pointer to char/short");
|
---|
2633 | }
|
---|
2634 | force_charshort_cast(dbt);
|
---|
2635 | #if PTR_SIZE == 4
|
---|
2636 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
|
---|
2637 | /* scalar to int */
|
---|
2638 | if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
2639 | /* from long long: just take low order word */
|
---|
2640 | lexpand();
|
---|
2641 | vpop();
|
---|
2642 | }
|
---|
2643 | /* if lvalue and single word type, nothing to do because
|
---|
2644 | the lvalue already contains the real type size (see
|
---|
2645 | VT_LVAL_xxx constants) */
|
---|
2646 | #endif
|
---|
2647 | }
|
---|
2648 | }
|
---|
2649 | } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
|
---|
2650 | /* if we are casting between pointer types,
|
---|
2651 | we must update the VT_LVAL_xxx size */
|
---|
2652 | vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
|
---|
2653 | | (lvalue_type(type->ref->type.t) & VT_LVAL_TYPE);
|
---|
2654 | }
|
---|
2655 | vtop->type = *type;
|
---|
2656 | }
|
---|
2657 |
|
---|
2658 | /* return type size as known at compile time. Put alignment at 'a' */
|
---|
2659 | ST_FUNC int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
|
---|
2660 | {
|
---|
2661 | Sym *s;
|
---|
2662 | int bt;
|
---|
2663 |
|
---|
2664 | bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2665 | if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
2666 | /* struct/union */
|
---|
2667 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
2668 | *a = s->r;
|
---|
2669 | return s->c;
|
---|
2670 | } else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
2671 | if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
---|
2672 | int ts;
|
---|
2673 |
|
---|
2674 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
2675 | ts = type_size(&s->type, a);
|
---|
2676 |
|
---|
2677 | if (ts < 0 && s->c < 0)
|
---|
2678 | ts = -ts;
|
---|
2679 |
|
---|
2680 | return ts * s->c;
|
---|
2681 | } else {
|
---|
2682 | *a = PTR_SIZE;
|
---|
2683 | return PTR_SIZE;
|
---|
2684 | }
|
---|
2685 | } else if (IS_ENUM(type->t) && type->ref->c == -1) {
|
---|
2686 | return -1; /* incomplete enum */
|
---|
2687 | } else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
2688 | *a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
|
---|
2689 | return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
|
---|
2690 | } else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
2691 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
|
---|
2692 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
2693 | *a = 8;
|
---|
2694 | #else
|
---|
2695 | *a = 4;
|
---|
2696 | #endif
|
---|
2697 | #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
|
---|
2698 | #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
---|
2699 | *a = 8;
|
---|
2700 | #else
|
---|
2701 | *a = 4;
|
---|
2702 | #endif
|
---|
2703 | #else
|
---|
2704 | *a = 8;
|
---|
2705 | #endif
|
---|
2706 | return 8;
|
---|
2707 | } else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
|
---|
2708 | *a = 4;
|
---|
2709 | return 4;
|
---|
2710 | } else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
|
---|
2711 | *a = 2;
|
---|
2712 | return 2;
|
---|
2713 | } else if (bt == VT_QLONG || bt == VT_QFLOAT) {
|
---|
2714 | *a = 8;
|
---|
2715 | return 16;
|
---|
2716 | } else {
|
---|
2717 | /* char, void, function, _Bool */
|
---|
2718 | *a = 1;
|
---|
2719 | return 1;
|
---|
2720 | }
|
---|
2721 | }
|
---|
2722 |
|
---|
2723 | /* push type size as known at runtime time on top of value stack. Put
|
---|
2724 | alignment at 'a' */
|
---|
2725 | ST_FUNC void vla_runtime_type_size(CType *type, int *a)
|
---|
2726 | {
|
---|
2727 | if (type->t & VT_VLA) {
|
---|
2728 | type_size(&type->ref->type, a);
|
---|
2729 | vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, type->ref->c);
|
---|
2730 | } else {
|
---|
2731 | vpushi(type_size(type, a));
|
---|
2732 | }
|
---|
2733 | }
|
---|
2734 |
|
---|
2735 | static void vla_sp_restore(void) {
|
---|
2736 | if (vlas_in_scope) {
|
---|
2737 | gen_vla_sp_restore(vla_sp_loc);
|
---|
2738 | }
|
---|
2739 | }
|
---|
2740 |
|
---|
2741 | static void vla_sp_restore_root(void) {
|
---|
2742 | if (vlas_in_scope) {
|
---|
2743 | gen_vla_sp_restore(vla_sp_root_loc);
|
---|
2744 | }
|
---|
2745 | }
|
---|
2746 |
|
---|
2747 | /* return the pointed type of t */
|
---|
2748 | static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
|
---|
2749 | {
|
---|
2750 | return &type->ref->type;
|
---|
2751 | }
|
---|
2752 |
|
---|
2753 | /* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
|
---|
2754 | ST_FUNC void mk_pointer(CType *type)
|
---|
2755 | {
|
---|
2756 | Sym *s;
|
---|
2757 | s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
|
---|
2758 | type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & VT_STORAGE);
|
---|
2759 | type->ref = s;
|
---|
2760 | }
|
---|
2761 |
|
---|
2762 | /* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
|
---|
2763 | static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
|
---|
2764 | {
|
---|
2765 | Sym *s1, *s2;
|
---|
2766 |
|
---|
2767 | s1 = type1->ref;
|
---|
2768 | s2 = type2->ref;
|
---|
2769 | if (!is_compatible_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
|
---|
2770 | return 0;
|
---|
2771 | /* check func_call */
|
---|
2772 | if (s1->f.func_call != s2->f.func_call)
|
---|
2773 | return 0;
|
---|
2774 | /* XXX: not complete */
|
---|
2775 | if (s1->f.func_type == FUNC_OLD || s2->f.func_type == FUNC_OLD)
|
---|
2776 | return 1;
|
---|
2777 | if (s1->f.func_type != s2->f.func_type)
|
---|
2778 | return 0;
|
---|
2779 | while (s1 != NULL) {
|
---|
2780 | if (s2 == NULL)
|
---|
2781 | return 0;
|
---|
2782 | if (!is_compatible_unqualified_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
|
---|
2783 | return 0;
|
---|
2784 | s1 = s1->next;
|
---|
2785 | s2 = s2->next;
|
---|
2786 | }
|
---|
2787 | if (s2)
|
---|
2788 | return 0;
|
---|
2789 | return 1;
|
---|
2790 | }
|
---|
2791 |
|
---|
2792 | /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same. If unqualified is
|
---|
2793 | true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
|
---|
2794 |
|
---|
2795 | - enums are not checked as gcc __builtin_types_compatible_p ()
|
---|
2796 | */
|
---|
2797 | static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
|
---|
2798 | {
|
---|
2799 | int bt1, t1, t2;
|
---|
2800 |
|
---|
2801 | t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
|
---|
2802 | t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
|
---|
2803 | if (unqualified) {
|
---|
2804 | /* strip qualifiers before comparing */
|
---|
2805 | t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
2806 | t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
2807 | }
|
---|
2808 |
|
---|
2809 | /* Default Vs explicit signedness only matters for char */
|
---|
2810 | if ((t1 & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BYTE) {
|
---|
2811 | t1 &= ~VT_DEFSIGN;
|
---|
2812 | t2 &= ~VT_DEFSIGN;
|
---|
2813 | }
|
---|
2814 | /* XXX: bitfields ? */
|
---|
2815 | if (t1 != t2)
|
---|
2816 | return 0;
|
---|
2817 | /* test more complicated cases */
|
---|
2818 | bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2819 | if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
2820 | type1 = pointed_type(type1);
|
---|
2821 | type2 = pointed_type(type2);
|
---|
2822 | return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
|
---|
2823 | } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
2824 | return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
|
---|
2825 | } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
2826 | return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
|
---|
2827 | } else {
|
---|
2828 | return 1;
|
---|
2829 | }
|
---|
2830 | }
|
---|
2831 |
|
---|
2832 | /* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
|
---|
2833 | qualifiers).
|
---|
2834 | */
|
---|
2835 | static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
|
---|
2836 | {
|
---|
2837 | return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
|
---|
2838 | }
|
---|
2839 |
|
---|
2840 | /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
|
---|
2841 | */
|
---|
2842 | static int is_compatible_unqualified_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
|
---|
2843 | {
|
---|
2844 | return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
|
---|
2845 | }
|
---|
2846 |
|
---|
2847 | /* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
|
---|
2848 | printed in the type */
|
---|
2849 | /* XXX: union */
|
---|
2850 | /* XXX: add array and function pointers */
|
---|
2851 | static void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
---|
2852 | CType *type, const char *varstr)
|
---|
2853 | {
|
---|
2854 | int bt, v, t;
|
---|
2855 | Sym *s, *sa;
|
---|
2856 | char buf1[256];
|
---|
2857 | const char *tstr;
|
---|
2858 |
|
---|
2859 | t = type->t;
|
---|
2860 | bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2861 | buf[0] = '\0';
|
---|
2862 |
|
---|
2863 | if (t & VT_EXTERN)
|
---|
2864 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "extern ");
|
---|
2865 | if (t & VT_STATIC)
|
---|
2866 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "static ");
|
---|
2867 | if (t & VT_TYPEDEF)
|
---|
2868 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "typedef ");
|
---|
2869 | if (t & VT_INLINE)
|
---|
2870 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "inline ");
|
---|
2871 | if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
|
---|
2872 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
|
---|
2873 | if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
|
---|
2874 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
|
---|
2875 |
|
---|
2876 | if (((t & VT_DEFSIGN) && bt == VT_BYTE)
|
---|
2877 | || ((t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
2878 | && (bt == VT_SHORT || bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
2879 | && !IS_ENUM(t)
|
---|
2880 | ))
|
---|
2881 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, (t & VT_UNSIGNED) ? "unsigned " : "signed ");
|
---|
2882 |
|
---|
2883 | buf_size -= strlen(buf);
|
---|
2884 | buf += strlen(buf);
|
---|
2885 |
|
---|
2886 | switch(bt) {
|
---|
2887 | case VT_VOID:
|
---|
2888 | tstr = "void";
|
---|
2889 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
2890 | case VT_BOOL:
|
---|
2891 | tstr = "_Bool";
|
---|
2892 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
2893 | case VT_BYTE:
|
---|
2894 | tstr = "char";
|
---|
2895 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
2896 | case VT_SHORT:
|
---|
2897 | tstr = "short";
|
---|
2898 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
2899 | case VT_INT:
|
---|
2900 | tstr = "int";
|
---|
2901 | goto maybe_long;
|
---|
2902 | case VT_LLONG:
|
---|
2903 | tstr = "long long";
|
---|
2904 | maybe_long:
|
---|
2905 | if (t & VT_LONG)
|
---|
2906 | tstr = "long";
|
---|
2907 | if (!IS_ENUM(t))
|
---|
2908 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
2909 | tstr = "enum ";
|
---|
2910 | goto tstruct;
|
---|
2911 | case VT_FLOAT:
|
---|
2912 | tstr = "float";
|
---|
2913 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
2914 | case VT_DOUBLE:
|
---|
2915 | tstr = "double";
|
---|
2916 | goto add_tstr;
|
---|
2917 | case VT_LDOUBLE:
|
---|
2918 | tstr = "long double";
|
---|
2919 | add_tstr:
|
---|
2920 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
|
---|
2921 | break;
|
---|
2922 | case VT_STRUCT:
|
---|
2923 | tstr = "struct ";
|
---|
2924 | if (IS_UNION(t))
|
---|
2925 | tstr = "union ";
|
---|
2926 | tstruct:
|
---|
2927 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
|
---|
2928 | v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
|
---|
2929 | if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
|
---|
2930 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
|
---|
2931 | else
|
---|
2932 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
2933 | break;
|
---|
2934 | case VT_FUNC:
|
---|
2935 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
2936 | type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, varstr);
|
---|
2937 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "(");
|
---|
2938 | sa = s->next;
|
---|
2939 | while (sa != NULL) {
|
---|
2940 | type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), &sa->type, NULL);
|
---|
2941 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, buf1);
|
---|
2942 | sa = sa->next;
|
---|
2943 | if (sa)
|
---|
2944 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ", ");
|
---|
2945 | }
|
---|
2946 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ")");
|
---|
2947 | goto no_var;
|
---|
2948 | case VT_PTR:
|
---|
2949 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
2950 | if (t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
---|
2951 | snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "%s[%d]", varstr ? varstr : "", s->c);
|
---|
2952 | type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
|
---|
2953 | goto no_var;
|
---|
2954 | }
|
---|
2955 | pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
|
---|
2956 | if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
|
---|
2957 | pstrcat(buf1, buf_size, "const ");
|
---|
2958 | if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
|
---|
2959 | pstrcat(buf1, buf_size, "volatile ");
|
---|
2960 | if (varstr)
|
---|
2961 | pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
|
---|
2962 | type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
|
---|
2963 | goto no_var;
|
---|
2964 | }
|
---|
2965 | if (varstr) {
|
---|
2966 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
|
---|
2967 | pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
|
---|
2968 | }
|
---|
2969 | no_var: ;
|
---|
2970 | }
|
---|
2971 |
|
---|
2972 | /* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type, and generate
|
---|
2973 | casts if needed. */
|
---|
2974 | static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
|
---|
2975 | {
|
---|
2976 | CType *st, *type1, *type2;
|
---|
2977 | char buf1[256], buf2[256];
|
---|
2978 | int dbt, sbt;
|
---|
2979 |
|
---|
2980 | st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
|
---|
2981 | dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2982 | sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
2983 | if (sbt == VT_VOID || dbt == VT_VOID) {
|
---|
2984 | if (sbt == VT_VOID && dbt == VT_VOID)
|
---|
2985 | ; /*
|
---|
2986 | It is Ok if both are void
|
---|
2987 | A test program:
|
---|
2988 | void func1() {}
|
---|
2989 | void func2() {
|
---|
2990 | return func1();
|
---|
2991 | }
|
---|
2992 | gcc accepts this program
|
---|
2993 | */
|
---|
2994 | else
|
---|
2995 | tcc_error("cannot cast from/to void");
|
---|
2996 | }
|
---|
2997 | if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
|
---|
2998 | tcc_warning("assignment of read-only location");
|
---|
2999 | switch(dbt) {
|
---|
3000 | case VT_PTR:
|
---|
3001 | /* special cases for pointers */
|
---|
3002 | /* '0' can also be a pointer */
|
---|
3003 | if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
|
---|
3004 | goto type_ok;
|
---|
3005 | /* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
|
---|
3006 | if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
|
---|
3007 | tcc_warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
|
---|
3008 | goto type_ok;
|
---|
3009 | }
|
---|
3010 | type1 = pointed_type(dt);
|
---|
3011 | /* a function is implicitly a function pointer */
|
---|
3012 | if (sbt == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
3013 | if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID &&
|
---|
3014 | !is_compatible_types(pointed_type(dt), st))
|
---|
3015 | tcc_warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
|
---|
3016 | goto type_ok;
|
---|
3017 | }
|
---|
3018 | if (sbt != VT_PTR)
|
---|
3019 | goto error;
|
---|
3020 | type2 = pointed_type(st);
|
---|
3021 | if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
|
---|
3022 | (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
|
---|
3023 | /* void * can match anything */
|
---|
3024 | } else {
|
---|
3025 | //printf("types %08x %08x\n", type1->t, type2->t);
|
---|
3026 | /* exact type match, except for qualifiers */
|
---|
3027 | if (!is_compatible_unqualified_types(type1, type2)) {
|
---|
3028 | /* Like GCC don't warn by default for merely changes
|
---|
3029 | in pointer target signedness. Do warn for different
|
---|
3030 | base types, though, in particular for unsigned enums
|
---|
3031 | and signed int targets. */
|
---|
3032 | if ((type1->t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) != (type2->t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG))
|
---|
3033 | || IS_ENUM(type1->t) || IS_ENUM(type2->t)
|
---|
3034 | )
|
---|
3035 | tcc_warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
|
---|
3036 | }
|
---|
3037 | }
|
---|
3038 | /* check const and volatile */
|
---|
3039 | if ((!(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT) && (type2->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
|
---|
3040 | (!(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE) && (type2->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
|
---|
3041 | tcc_warning("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
|
---|
3042 | break;
|
---|
3043 | case VT_BYTE:
|
---|
3044 | case VT_SHORT:
|
---|
3045 | case VT_INT:
|
---|
3046 | case VT_LLONG:
|
---|
3047 | if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
3048 | tcc_warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
|
---|
3049 | } else if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
3050 | goto case_VT_STRUCT;
|
---|
3051 | }
|
---|
3052 | /* XXX: more tests */
|
---|
3053 | break;
|
---|
3054 | case VT_STRUCT:
|
---|
3055 | case_VT_STRUCT:
|
---|
3056 | if (!is_compatible_unqualified_types(dt, st)) {
|
---|
3057 | error:
|
---|
3058 | type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
|
---|
3059 | type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
|
---|
3060 | tcc_error("cannot cast '%s' to '%s'", buf1, buf2);
|
---|
3061 | }
|
---|
3062 | break;
|
---|
3063 | }
|
---|
3064 | type_ok:
|
---|
3065 | gen_cast(dt);
|
---|
3066 | }
|
---|
3067 |
|
---|
3068 | /* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
|
---|
3069 | ST_FUNC void vstore(void)
|
---|
3070 | {
|
---|
3071 | int sbt, dbt, ft, r, t, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, rc, delayed_cast;
|
---|
3072 |
|
---|
3073 | ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
|
---|
3074 | sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
3075 | dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
3076 | if ((((sbt == VT_INT || sbt == VT_SHORT) && dbt == VT_BYTE) ||
|
---|
3077 | (sbt == VT_INT && dbt == VT_SHORT))
|
---|
3078 | && !(vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
|
---|
3079 | /* optimize char/short casts */
|
---|
3080 | delayed_cast = VT_MUSTCAST;
|
---|
3081 | vtop->type.t = ft & VT_TYPE;
|
---|
3082 | /* XXX: factorize */
|
---|
3083 | if (ft & VT_CONSTANT)
|
---|
3084 | tcc_warning("assignment of read-only location");
|
---|
3085 | } else {
|
---|
3086 | delayed_cast = 0;
|
---|
3087 | if (!(ft & VT_BITFIELD))
|
---|
3088 | gen_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
3089 | }
|
---|
3090 |
|
---|
3091 | if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
3092 | /* if structure, only generate pointer */
|
---|
3093 | /* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
|
---|
3094 | /* XXX: optimize if small size */
|
---|
3095 | size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
|
---|
3096 |
|
---|
3097 | /* destination */
|
---|
3098 | vswap();
|
---|
3099 | vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
|
---|
3100 | gaddrof();
|
---|
3101 |
|
---|
3102 | /* address of memcpy() */
|
---|
3103 | #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
|
---|
3104 | if(!(align & 7))
|
---|
3105 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy8);
|
---|
3106 | else if(!(align & 3))
|
---|
3107 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy4);
|
---|
3108 | else
|
---|
3109 | #endif
|
---|
3110 | /* Use memmove, rather than memcpy, as dest and src may be same: */
|
---|
3111 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memmove);
|
---|
3112 |
|
---|
3113 | vswap();
|
---|
3114 | /* source */
|
---|
3115 | vpushv(vtop - 2);
|
---|
3116 | vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
|
---|
3117 | gaddrof();
|
---|
3118 | /* type size */
|
---|
3119 | vpushi(size);
|
---|
3120 | gfunc_call(3);
|
---|
3121 |
|
---|
3122 | /* leave source on stack */
|
---|
3123 | } else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
3124 | /* bitfield store handling */
|
---|
3125 |
|
---|
3126 | /* save lvalue as expression result (example: s.b = s.a = n;) */
|
---|
3127 | vdup(), vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
|
---|
3128 |
|
---|
3129 | bit_pos = BIT_POS(ft);
|
---|
3130 | bit_size = BIT_SIZE(ft);
|
---|
3131 | /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
|
---|
3132 | vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~VT_STRUCT_MASK;
|
---|
3133 |
|
---|
3134 | if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
3135 | gen_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
|
---|
3136 | vtop[-1].type.t = (vtop[-1].type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | (VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
3137 | }
|
---|
3138 |
|
---|
3139 | r = adjust_bf(vtop - 1, bit_pos, bit_size);
|
---|
3140 | if (r == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
3141 | gen_cast_s((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT);
|
---|
3142 | store_packed_bf(bit_pos, bit_size);
|
---|
3143 | } else {
|
---|
3144 | unsigned long long mask = (1ULL << bit_size) - 1;
|
---|
3145 | if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BOOL) {
|
---|
3146 | /* mask source */
|
---|
3147 | if ((vtop[-1].type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
3148 | vpushll(mask);
|
---|
3149 | else
|
---|
3150 | vpushi((unsigned)mask);
|
---|
3151 | gen_op('&');
|
---|
3152 | }
|
---|
3153 | /* shift source */
|
---|
3154 | vpushi(bit_pos);
|
---|
3155 | gen_op(TOK_SHL);
|
---|
3156 | vswap();
|
---|
3157 | /* duplicate destination */
|
---|
3158 | vdup();
|
---|
3159 | vrott(3);
|
---|
3160 | /* load destination, mask and or with source */
|
---|
3161 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
3162 | vpushll(~(mask << bit_pos));
|
---|
3163 | else
|
---|
3164 | vpushi(~((unsigned)mask << bit_pos));
|
---|
3165 | gen_op('&');
|
---|
3166 | gen_op('|');
|
---|
3167 | /* store result */
|
---|
3168 | vstore();
|
---|
3169 | /* ... and discard */
|
---|
3170 | vpop();
|
---|
3171 | }
|
---|
3172 | } else if (dbt == VT_VOID) {
|
---|
3173 | --vtop;
|
---|
3174 | } else {
|
---|
3175 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
3176 | /* bound check case */
|
---|
3177 | if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
|
---|
3178 | vswap();
|
---|
3179 | gbound();
|
---|
3180 | vswap();
|
---|
3181 | }
|
---|
3182 | #endif
|
---|
3183 | rc = RC_INT;
|
---|
3184 | if (is_float(ft)) {
|
---|
3185 | rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
---|
3186 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
3187 | if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
3188 | rc = RC_ST0;
|
---|
3189 | } else if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT) {
|
---|
3190 | rc = RC_FRET;
|
---|
3191 | }
|
---|
3192 | #endif
|
---|
3193 | }
|
---|
3194 | r = gv(rc); /* generate value */
|
---|
3195 | /* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
|
---|
3196 | if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
|
---|
3197 | SValue sv;
|
---|
3198 | t = get_reg(RC_INT);
|
---|
3199 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
3200 | sv.type.t = VT_PTR;
|
---|
3201 | #else
|
---|
3202 | sv.type.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
3203 | #endif
|
---|
3204 | sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
3205 | sv.c.i = vtop[-1].c.i;
|
---|
3206 | load(t, &sv);
|
---|
3207 | vtop[-1].r = t | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
3208 | }
|
---|
3209 | /* two word case handling : store second register at word + 4 (or +8 for x86-64) */
|
---|
3210 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
3211 | if (((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG) || ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT)) {
|
---|
3212 | int addr_type = VT_LLONG, load_size = 8, load_type = ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG) ? VT_LLONG : VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
3213 | #else
|
---|
3214 | if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
3215 | int addr_type = VT_INT, load_size = 4, load_type = VT_INT;
|
---|
3216 | #endif
|
---|
3217 | vtop[-1].type.t = load_type;
|
---|
3218 | store(r, vtop - 1);
|
---|
3219 | vswap();
|
---|
3220 | /* convert to int to increment easily */
|
---|
3221 | vtop->type.t = addr_type;
|
---|
3222 | gaddrof();
|
---|
3223 | vpushi(load_size);
|
---|
3224 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
3225 | vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
|
---|
3226 | vswap();
|
---|
3227 | vtop[-1].type.t = load_type;
|
---|
3228 | /* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
|
---|
3229 | store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
|
---|
3230 | } else {
|
---|
3231 | store(r, vtop - 1);
|
---|
3232 | }
|
---|
3233 |
|
---|
3234 | vswap();
|
---|
3235 | vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
|
---|
3236 | vtop->r |= delayed_cast;
|
---|
3237 | }
|
---|
3238 | }
|
---|
3239 |
|
---|
3240 | /* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
|
---|
3241 | ST_FUNC void inc(int post, int c)
|
---|
3242 | {
|
---|
3243 | test_lvalue();
|
---|
3244 | vdup(); /* save lvalue */
|
---|
3245 | if (post) {
|
---|
3246 | gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
|
---|
3247 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
3248 | vrotb(3);
|
---|
3249 | }
|
---|
3250 | /* add constant */
|
---|
3251 | vpushi(c - TOK_MID);
|
---|
3252 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
3253 | vstore(); /* store value */
|
---|
3254 | if (post)
|
---|
3255 | vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
|
---|
3256 | }
|
---|
3257 |
|
---|
3258 | ST_FUNC void parse_mult_str (CString *astr, const char *msg)
|
---|
3259 | {
|
---|
3260 | /* read the string */
|
---|
3261 | if (tok != TOK_STR)
|
---|
3262 | expect(msg);
|
---|
3263 | cstr_new(astr);
|
---|
3264 | while (tok == TOK_STR) {
|
---|
3265 | /* XXX: add \0 handling too ? */
|
---|
3266 | cstr_cat(astr, tokc.str.data, -1);
|
---|
3267 | next();
|
---|
3268 | }
|
---|
3269 | cstr_ccat(astr, '\0');
|
---|
3270 | }
|
---|
3271 |
|
---|
3272 | /* If I is >= 1 and a power of two, returns log2(i)+1.
|
---|
3273 | If I is 0 returns 0. */
|
---|
3274 | static int exact_log2p1(int i)
|
---|
3275 | {
|
---|
3276 | int ret;
|
---|
3277 | if (!i)
|
---|
3278 | return 0;
|
---|
3279 | for (ret = 1; i >= 1 << 8; ret += 8)
|
---|
3280 | i >>= 8;
|
---|
3281 | if (i >= 1 << 4)
|
---|
3282 | ret += 4, i >>= 4;
|
---|
3283 | if (i >= 1 << 2)
|
---|
3284 | ret += 2, i >>= 2;
|
---|
3285 | if (i >= 1 << 1)
|
---|
3286 | ret++;
|
---|
3287 | return ret;
|
---|
3288 | }
|
---|
3289 |
|
---|
3290 | /* Parse __attribute__((...)) GNUC extension. */
|
---|
3291 | static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
|
---|
3292 | {
|
---|
3293 | int t, n;
|
---|
3294 | CString astr;
|
---|
3295 |
|
---|
3296 | redo:
|
---|
3297 | if (tok != TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 && tok != TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
|
---|
3298 | return;
|
---|
3299 | next();
|
---|
3300 | skip('(');
|
---|
3301 | skip('(');
|
---|
3302 | while (tok != ')') {
|
---|
3303 | if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
|
---|
3304 | expect("attribute name");
|
---|
3305 | t = tok;
|
---|
3306 | next();
|
---|
3307 | switch(t) {
|
---|
3308 | case TOK_SECTION1:
|
---|
3309 | case TOK_SECTION2:
|
---|
3310 | skip('(');
|
---|
3311 | parse_mult_str(&astr, "section name");
|
---|
3312 | ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)astr.data);
|
---|
3313 | skip(')');
|
---|
3314 | cstr_free(&astr);
|
---|
3315 | break;
|
---|
3316 | case TOK_ALIAS1:
|
---|
3317 | case TOK_ALIAS2:
|
---|
3318 | skip('(');
|
---|
3319 | parse_mult_str(&astr, "alias(\"target\")");
|
---|
3320 | ad->alias_target = /* save string as token, for later */
|
---|
3321 | tok_alloc((char*)astr.data, astr.size-1)->tok;
|
---|
3322 | skip(')');
|
---|
3323 | cstr_free(&astr);
|
---|
3324 | break;
|
---|
3325 | case TOK_VISIBILITY1:
|
---|
3326 | case TOK_VISIBILITY2:
|
---|
3327 | skip('(');
|
---|
3328 | parse_mult_str(&astr,
|
---|
3329 | "visibility(\"default|hidden|internal|protected\")");
|
---|
3330 | if (!strcmp (astr.data, "default"))
|
---|
3331 | ad->a.visibility = STV_DEFAULT;
|
---|
3332 | else if (!strcmp (astr.data, "hidden"))
|
---|
3333 | ad->a.visibility = STV_HIDDEN;
|
---|
3334 | else if (!strcmp (astr.data, "internal"))
|
---|
3335 | ad->a.visibility = STV_INTERNAL;
|
---|
3336 | else if (!strcmp (astr.data, "protected"))
|
---|
3337 | ad->a.visibility = STV_PROTECTED;
|
---|
3338 | else
|
---|
3339 | expect("visibility(\"default|hidden|internal|protected\")");
|
---|
3340 | skip(')');
|
---|
3341 | cstr_free(&astr);
|
---|
3342 | break;
|
---|
3343 | case TOK_ALIGNED1:
|
---|
3344 | case TOK_ALIGNED2:
|
---|
3345 | if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
3346 | next();
|
---|
3347 | n = expr_const();
|
---|
3348 | if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
|
---|
3349 | tcc_error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
|
---|
3350 | skip(')');
|
---|
3351 | } else {
|
---|
3352 | n = MAX_ALIGN;
|
---|
3353 | }
|
---|
3354 | ad->a.aligned = exact_log2p1(n);
|
---|
3355 | if (n != 1 << (ad->a.aligned - 1))
|
---|
3356 | tcc_error("alignment of %d is larger than implemented", n);
|
---|
3357 | break;
|
---|
3358 | case TOK_PACKED1:
|
---|
3359 | case TOK_PACKED2:
|
---|
3360 | ad->a.packed = 1;
|
---|
3361 | break;
|
---|
3362 | case TOK_WEAK1:
|
---|
3363 | case TOK_WEAK2:
|
---|
3364 | ad->a.weak = 1;
|
---|
3365 | break;
|
---|
3366 | case TOK_UNUSED1:
|
---|
3367 | case TOK_UNUSED2:
|
---|
3368 | /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
|
---|
3369 | track unused objects */
|
---|
3370 | break;
|
---|
3371 | case TOK_NORETURN1:
|
---|
3372 | case TOK_NORETURN2:
|
---|
3373 | /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
|
---|
3374 | track unused objects */
|
---|
3375 | break;
|
---|
3376 | case TOK_CDECL1:
|
---|
3377 | case TOK_CDECL2:
|
---|
3378 | case TOK_CDECL3:
|
---|
3379 | ad->f.func_call = FUNC_CDECL;
|
---|
3380 | break;
|
---|
3381 | case TOK_STDCALL1:
|
---|
3382 | case TOK_STDCALL2:
|
---|
3383 | case TOK_STDCALL3:
|
---|
3384 | ad->f.func_call = FUNC_STDCALL;
|
---|
3385 | break;
|
---|
3386 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
|
---|
3387 | case TOK_REGPARM1:
|
---|
3388 | case TOK_REGPARM2:
|
---|
3389 | skip('(');
|
---|
3390 | n = expr_const();
|
---|
3391 | if (n > 3)
|
---|
3392 | n = 3;
|
---|
3393 | else if (n < 0)
|
---|
3394 | n = 0;
|
---|
3395 | if (n > 0)
|
---|
3396 | ad->f.func_call = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
|
---|
3397 | skip(')');
|
---|
3398 | break;
|
---|
3399 | case TOK_FASTCALL1:
|
---|
3400 | case TOK_FASTCALL2:
|
---|
3401 | case TOK_FASTCALL3:
|
---|
3402 | ad->f.func_call = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
|
---|
3403 | break;
|
---|
3404 | #endif
|
---|
3405 | case TOK_MODE:
|
---|
3406 | skip('(');
|
---|
3407 | switch(tok) {
|
---|
3408 | case TOK_MODE_DI:
|
---|
3409 | ad->attr_mode = VT_LLONG + 1;
|
---|
3410 | break;
|
---|
3411 | case TOK_MODE_QI:
|
---|
3412 | ad->attr_mode = VT_BYTE + 1;
|
---|
3413 | break;
|
---|
3414 | case TOK_MODE_HI:
|
---|
3415 | ad->attr_mode = VT_SHORT + 1;
|
---|
3416 | break;
|
---|
3417 | case TOK_MODE_SI:
|
---|
3418 | case TOK_MODE_word:
|
---|
3419 | ad->attr_mode = VT_INT + 1;
|
---|
3420 | break;
|
---|
3421 | default:
|
---|
3422 | tcc_warning("__mode__(%s) not supported\n", get_tok_str(tok, NULL));
|
---|
3423 | break;
|
---|
3424 | }
|
---|
3425 | next();
|
---|
3426 | skip(')');
|
---|
3427 | break;
|
---|
3428 | case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
|
---|
3429 | ad->a.dllexport = 1;
|
---|
3430 | break;
|
---|
3431 | case TOK_DLLIMPORT:
|
---|
3432 | ad->a.dllimport = 1;
|
---|
3433 | break;
|
---|
3434 | default:
|
---|
3435 | if (tcc_state->warn_unsupported)
|
---|
3436 | tcc_warning("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
|
---|
3437 | /* skip parameters */
|
---|
3438 | if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
3439 | int parenthesis = 0;
|
---|
3440 | do {
|
---|
3441 | if (tok == '(')
|
---|
3442 | parenthesis++;
|
---|
3443 | else if (tok == ')')
|
---|
3444 | parenthesis--;
|
---|
3445 | next();
|
---|
3446 | } while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
|
---|
3447 | }
|
---|
3448 | break;
|
---|
3449 | }
|
---|
3450 | if (tok != ',')
|
---|
3451 | break;
|
---|
3452 | next();
|
---|
3453 | }
|
---|
3454 | skip(')');
|
---|
3455 | skip(')');
|
---|
3456 | goto redo;
|
---|
3457 | }
|
---|
3458 |
|
---|
3459 | static Sym * find_field (CType *type, int v)
|
---|
3460 | {
|
---|
3461 | Sym *s = type->ref;
|
---|
3462 | v |= SYM_FIELD;
|
---|
3463 | while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
|
---|
3464 | if ((s->v & SYM_FIELD) &&
|
---|
3465 | (s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
|
---|
3466 | (s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
3467 | Sym *ret = find_field (&s->type, v);
|
---|
3468 | if (ret)
|
---|
3469 | return ret;
|
---|
3470 | }
|
---|
3471 | if (s->v == v)
|
---|
3472 | break;
|
---|
3473 | }
|
---|
3474 | return s;
|
---|
3475 | }
|
---|
3476 |
|
---|
3477 | static void struct_add_offset (Sym *s, int offset)
|
---|
3478 | {
|
---|
3479 | while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
|
---|
3480 | if ((s->v & SYM_FIELD) &&
|
---|
3481 | (s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
|
---|
3482 | (s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
3483 | struct_add_offset(s->type.ref, offset);
|
---|
3484 | } else
|
---|
3485 | s->c += offset;
|
---|
3486 | }
|
---|
3487 | }
|
---|
3488 |
|
---|
3489 | static void struct_layout(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
|
---|
3490 | {
|
---|
3491 | int size, align, maxalign, offset, c, bit_pos, bit_size;
|
---|
3492 | int packed, a, bt, prevbt, prev_bit_size;
|
---|
3493 | int pcc = !tcc_state->ms_bitfields;
|
---|
3494 | int pragma_pack = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
|
---|
3495 | Sym *f;
|
---|
3496 |
|
---|
3497 | maxalign = 1;
|
---|
3498 | offset = 0;
|
---|
3499 | c = 0;
|
---|
3500 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
3501 | prevbt = VT_STRUCT; /* make it never match */
|
---|
3502 | prev_bit_size = 0;
|
---|
3503 |
|
---|
3504 | //#define BF_DEBUG
|
---|
3505 |
|
---|
3506 | for (f = type->ref->next; f; f = f->next) {
|
---|
3507 | if (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD)
|
---|
3508 | bit_size = BIT_SIZE(f->type.t);
|
---|
3509 | else
|
---|
3510 | bit_size = -1;
|
---|
3511 | size = type_size(&f->type, &align);
|
---|
3512 | a = f->a.aligned ? 1 << (f->a.aligned - 1) : 0;
|
---|
3513 | packed = 0;
|
---|
3514 |
|
---|
3515 | if (pcc && bit_size == 0) {
|
---|
3516 | /* in pcc mode, packing does not affect zero-width bitfields */
|
---|
3517 |
|
---|
3518 | } else {
|
---|
3519 | /* in pcc mode, attribute packed overrides if set. */
|
---|
3520 | if (pcc && (f->a.packed || ad->a.packed))
|
---|
3521 | align = packed = 1;
|
---|
3522 |
|
---|
3523 | /* pragma pack overrides align if lesser and packs bitfields always */
|
---|
3524 | if (pragma_pack) {
|
---|
3525 | packed = 1;
|
---|
3526 | if (pragma_pack < align)
|
---|
3527 | align = pragma_pack;
|
---|
3528 | /* in pcc mode pragma pack also overrides individual align */
|
---|
3529 | if (pcc && pragma_pack < a)
|
---|
3530 | a = 0;
|
---|
3531 | }
|
---|
3532 | }
|
---|
3533 | /* some individual align was specified */
|
---|
3534 | if (a)
|
---|
3535 | align = a;
|
---|
3536 |
|
---|
3537 | if (type->ref->type.t == VT_UNION) {
|
---|
3538 | if (pcc && bit_size >= 0)
|
---|
3539 | size = (bit_size + 7) >> 3;
|
---|
3540 | offset = 0;
|
---|
3541 | if (size > c)
|
---|
3542 | c = size;
|
---|
3543 |
|
---|
3544 | } else if (bit_size < 0) {
|
---|
3545 | if (pcc)
|
---|
3546 | c += (bit_pos + 7) >> 3;
|
---|
3547 | c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
|
---|
3548 | offset = c;
|
---|
3549 | if (size > 0)
|
---|
3550 | c += size;
|
---|
3551 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
3552 | prevbt = VT_STRUCT;
|
---|
3553 | prev_bit_size = 0;
|
---|
3554 |
|
---|
3555 | } else {
|
---|
3556 | /* A bit-field. Layout is more complicated. There are two
|
---|
3557 | options: PCC (GCC) compatible and MS compatible */
|
---|
3558 | if (pcc) {
|
---|
3559 | /* In PCC layout a bit-field is placed adjacent to the
|
---|
3560 | preceding bit-fields, except if:
|
---|
3561 | - it has zero-width
|
---|
3562 | - an individual alignment was given
|
---|
3563 | - it would overflow its base type container and
|
---|
3564 | there is no packing */
|
---|
3565 | if (bit_size == 0) {
|
---|
3566 | new_field:
|
---|
3567 | c = (c + ((bit_pos + 7) >> 3) + align - 1) & -align;
|
---|
3568 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
3569 | } else if (f->a.aligned) {
|
---|
3570 | goto new_field;
|
---|
3571 | } else if (!packed) {
|
---|
3572 | int a8 = align * 8;
|
---|
3573 | int ofs = ((c * 8 + bit_pos) % a8 + bit_size + a8 - 1) / a8;
|
---|
3574 | if (ofs > size / align)
|
---|
3575 | goto new_field;
|
---|
3576 | }
|
---|
3577 |
|
---|
3578 | /* in pcc mode, long long bitfields have type int if they fit */
|
---|
3579 | if (size == 8 && bit_size <= 32)
|
---|
3580 | f->type.t = (f->type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT, size = 4;
|
---|
3581 |
|
---|
3582 | while (bit_pos >= align * 8)
|
---|
3583 | c += align, bit_pos -= align * 8;
|
---|
3584 | offset = c;
|
---|
3585 |
|
---|
3586 | /* In PCC layout named bit-fields influence the alignment
|
---|
3587 | of the containing struct using the base types alignment,
|
---|
3588 | except for packed fields (which here have correct align). */
|
---|
3589 | if (f->v & SYM_FIRST_ANOM
|
---|
3590 | // && bit_size // ??? gcc on ARM/rpi does that
|
---|
3591 | )
|
---|
3592 | align = 1;
|
---|
3593 |
|
---|
3594 | } else {
|
---|
3595 | bt = f->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
3596 | if ((bit_pos + bit_size > size * 8)
|
---|
3597 | || (bit_size > 0) == (bt != prevbt)
|
---|
3598 | ) {
|
---|
3599 | c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
|
---|
3600 | offset = c;
|
---|
3601 | bit_pos = 0;
|
---|
3602 | /* In MS bitfield mode a bit-field run always uses
|
---|
3603 | at least as many bits as the underlying type.
|
---|
3604 | To start a new run it's also required that this
|
---|
3605 | or the last bit-field had non-zero width. */
|
---|
3606 | if (bit_size || prev_bit_size)
|
---|
3607 | c += size;
|
---|
3608 | }
|
---|
3609 | /* In MS layout the records alignment is normally
|
---|
3610 | influenced by the field, except for a zero-width
|
---|
3611 | field at the start of a run (but by further zero-width
|
---|
3612 | fields it is again). */
|
---|
3613 | if (bit_size == 0 && prevbt != bt)
|
---|
3614 | align = 1;
|
---|
3615 | prevbt = bt;
|
---|
3616 | prev_bit_size = bit_size;
|
---|
3617 | }
|
---|
3618 |
|
---|
3619 | f->type.t = (f->type.t & ~(0x3f << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT))
|
---|
3620 | | (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT);
|
---|
3621 | bit_pos += bit_size;
|
---|
3622 | }
|
---|
3623 | if (align > maxalign)
|
---|
3624 | maxalign = align;
|
---|
3625 |
|
---|
3626 | #ifdef BF_DEBUG
|
---|
3627 | printf("set field %s offset %-2d size %-2d align %-2d",
|
---|
3628 | get_tok_str(f->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL), offset, size, align);
|
---|
3629 | if (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
3630 | printf(" pos %-2d bits %-2d",
|
---|
3631 | BIT_POS(f->type.t),
|
---|
3632 | BIT_SIZE(f->type.t)
|
---|
3633 | );
|
---|
3634 | }
|
---|
3635 | printf("\n");
|
---|
3636 | #endif
|
---|
3637 |
|
---|
3638 | if (f->v & SYM_FIRST_ANOM && (f->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
3639 | Sym *ass;
|
---|
3640 | /* An anonymous struct/union. Adjust member offsets
|
---|
3641 | to reflect the real offset of our containing struct.
|
---|
3642 | Also set the offset of this anon member inside
|
---|
3643 | the outer struct to be zero. Via this it
|
---|
3644 | works when accessing the field offset directly
|
---|
3645 | (from base object), as well as when recursing
|
---|
3646 | members in initializer handling. */
|
---|
3647 | int v2 = f->type.ref->v;
|
---|
3648 | if (!(v2 & SYM_FIELD) &&
|
---|
3649 | (v2 & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
3650 | Sym **pps;
|
---|
3651 | /* This happens only with MS extensions. The
|
---|
3652 | anon member has a named struct type, so it
|
---|
3653 | potentially is shared with other references.
|
---|
3654 | We need to unshare members so we can modify
|
---|
3655 | them. */
|
---|
3656 | ass = f->type.ref;
|
---|
3657 | f->type.ref = sym_push(anon_sym++ | SYM_FIELD,
|
---|
3658 | &f->type.ref->type, 0,
|
---|
3659 | f->type.ref->c);
|
---|
3660 | pps = &f->type.ref->next;
|
---|
3661 | while ((ass = ass->next) != NULL) {
|
---|
3662 | *pps = sym_push(ass->v, &ass->type, 0, ass->c);
|
---|
3663 | pps = &((*pps)->next);
|
---|
3664 | }
|
---|
3665 | *pps = NULL;
|
---|
3666 | }
|
---|
3667 | struct_add_offset(f->type.ref, offset);
|
---|
3668 | f->c = 0;
|
---|
3669 | } else {
|
---|
3670 | f->c = offset;
|
---|
3671 | }
|
---|
3672 |
|
---|
3673 | f->r = 0;
|
---|
3674 | }
|
---|
3675 |
|
---|
3676 | if (pcc)
|
---|
3677 | c += (bit_pos + 7) >> 3;
|
---|
3678 |
|
---|
3679 | /* store size and alignment */
|
---|
3680 | a = bt = ad->a.aligned ? 1 << (ad->a.aligned - 1) : 1;
|
---|
3681 | if (a < maxalign)
|
---|
3682 | a = maxalign;
|
---|
3683 | type->ref->r = a;
|
---|
3684 | if (pragma_pack && pragma_pack < maxalign && 0 == pcc) {
|
---|
3685 | /* can happen if individual align for some member was given. In
|
---|
3686 | this case MSVC ignores maxalign when aligning the size */
|
---|
3687 | a = pragma_pack;
|
---|
3688 | if (a < bt)
|
---|
3689 | a = bt;
|
---|
3690 | }
|
---|
3691 | c = (c + a - 1) & -a;
|
---|
3692 | type->ref->c = c;
|
---|
3693 |
|
---|
3694 | #ifdef BF_DEBUG
|
---|
3695 | printf("struct size %-2d align %-2d\n\n", c, a), fflush(stdout);
|
---|
3696 | #endif
|
---|
3697 |
|
---|
3698 | /* check whether we can access bitfields by their type */
|
---|
3699 | for (f = type->ref->next; f; f = f->next) {
|
---|
3700 | int s, px, cx, c0;
|
---|
3701 | CType t;
|
---|
3702 |
|
---|
3703 | if (0 == (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD))
|
---|
3704 | continue;
|
---|
3705 | f->type.ref = f;
|
---|
3706 | f->auxtype = -1;
|
---|
3707 | bit_size = BIT_SIZE(f->type.t);
|
---|
3708 | if (bit_size == 0)
|
---|
3709 | continue;
|
---|
3710 | bit_pos = BIT_POS(f->type.t);
|
---|
3711 | size = type_size(&f->type, &align);
|
---|
3712 | if (bit_pos + bit_size <= size * 8 && f->c + size <= c)
|
---|
3713 | continue;
|
---|
3714 |
|
---|
3715 | /* try to access the field using a different type */
|
---|
3716 | c0 = -1, s = align = 1;
|
---|
3717 | for (;;) {
|
---|
3718 | px = f->c * 8 + bit_pos;
|
---|
3719 | cx = (px >> 3) & -align;
|
---|
3720 | px = px - (cx << 3);
|
---|
3721 | if (c0 == cx)
|
---|
3722 | break;
|
---|
3723 | s = (px + bit_size + 7) >> 3;
|
---|
3724 | if (s > 4) {
|
---|
3725 | t.t = VT_LLONG;
|
---|
3726 | } else if (s > 2) {
|
---|
3727 | t.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
3728 | } else if (s > 1) {
|
---|
3729 | t.t = VT_SHORT;
|
---|
3730 | } else {
|
---|
3731 | t.t = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
3732 | }
|
---|
3733 | s = type_size(&t, &align);
|
---|
3734 | c0 = cx;
|
---|
3735 | }
|
---|
3736 |
|
---|
3737 | if (px + bit_size <= s * 8 && cx + s <= c) {
|
---|
3738 | /* update offset and bit position */
|
---|
3739 | f->c = cx;
|
---|
3740 | bit_pos = px;
|
---|
3741 | f->type.t = (f->type.t & ~(0x3f << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT))
|
---|
3742 | | (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT);
|
---|
3743 | if (s != size)
|
---|
3744 | f->auxtype = t.t;
|
---|
3745 | #ifdef BF_DEBUG
|
---|
3746 | printf("FIX field %s offset %-2d size %-2d align %-2d "
|
---|
3747 | "pos %-2d bits %-2d\n",
|
---|
3748 | get_tok_str(f->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL),
|
---|
3749 | cx, s, align, px, bit_size);
|
---|
3750 | #endif
|
---|
3751 | } else {
|
---|
3752 | /* fall back to load/store single-byte wise */
|
---|
3753 | f->auxtype = VT_STRUCT;
|
---|
3754 | #ifdef BF_DEBUG
|
---|
3755 | printf("FIX field %s : load byte-wise\n",
|
---|
3756 | get_tok_str(f->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
|
---|
3757 | #endif
|
---|
3758 | }
|
---|
3759 | }
|
---|
3760 | }
|
---|
3761 |
|
---|
3762 | /* enum/struct/union declaration. u is VT_ENUM/VT_STRUCT/VT_UNION */
|
---|
3763 | static void struct_decl(CType *type, int u)
|
---|
3764 | {
|
---|
3765 | int v, c, size, align, flexible;
|
---|
3766 | int bit_size, bsize, bt;
|
---|
3767 | Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
|
---|
3768 | AttributeDef ad, ad1;
|
---|
3769 | CType type1, btype;
|
---|
3770 |
|
---|
3771 | memset(&ad, 0, sizeof ad);
|
---|
3772 | next();
|
---|
3773 | parse_attribute(&ad);
|
---|
3774 | if (tok != '{') {
|
---|
3775 | v = tok;
|
---|
3776 | next();
|
---|
3777 | /* struct already defined ? return it */
|
---|
3778 | if (v < TOK_IDENT)
|
---|
3779 | expect("struct/union/enum name");
|
---|
3780 | s = struct_find(v);
|
---|
3781 | if (s && (s->sym_scope == local_scope || tok != '{')) {
|
---|
3782 | if (u == s->type.t)
|
---|
3783 | goto do_decl;
|
---|
3784 | if (u == VT_ENUM && IS_ENUM(s->type.t))
|
---|
3785 | goto do_decl;
|
---|
3786 | tcc_error("redefinition of '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
3787 | }
|
---|
3788 | } else {
|
---|
3789 | v = anon_sym++;
|
---|
3790 | }
|
---|
3791 | /* Record the original enum/struct/union token. */
|
---|
3792 | type1.t = u == VT_ENUM ? u | VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED : u;
|
---|
3793 | type1.ref = NULL;
|
---|
3794 | /* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
|
---|
3795 | s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
|
---|
3796 | s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
|
---|
3797 | do_decl:
|
---|
3798 | type->t = s->type.t;
|
---|
3799 | type->ref = s;
|
---|
3800 |
|
---|
3801 | if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
3802 | next();
|
---|
3803 | if (s->c != -1)
|
---|
3804 | tcc_error("struct/union/enum already defined");
|
---|
3805 | /* cannot be empty */
|
---|
3806 | /* non empty enums are not allowed */
|
---|
3807 | ps = &s->next;
|
---|
3808 | if (u == VT_ENUM) {
|
---|
3809 | long long ll = 0, pl = 0, nl = 0;
|
---|
3810 | CType t;
|
---|
3811 | t.ref = s;
|
---|
3812 | /* enum symbols have static storage */
|
---|
3813 | t.t = VT_INT|VT_STATIC|VT_ENUM_VAL;
|
---|
3814 | for(;;) {
|
---|
3815 | v = tok;
|
---|
3816 | if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
3817 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
3818 | ss = sym_find(v);
|
---|
3819 | if (ss && !local_stack)
|
---|
3820 | tcc_error("redefinition of enumerator '%s'",
|
---|
3821 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
3822 | next();
|
---|
3823 | if (tok == '=') {
|
---|
3824 | next();
|
---|
3825 | ll = expr_const64();
|
---|
3826 | }
|
---|
3827 | ss = sym_push(v, &t, VT_CONST, 0);
|
---|
3828 | ss->enum_val = ll;
|
---|
3829 | *ps = ss, ps = &ss->next;
|
---|
3830 | if (ll < nl)
|
---|
3831 | nl = ll;
|
---|
3832 | if (ll > pl)
|
---|
3833 | pl = ll;
|
---|
3834 | if (tok != ',')
|
---|
3835 | break;
|
---|
3836 | next();
|
---|
3837 | ll++;
|
---|
3838 | /* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
|
---|
3839 | if (tok == '}')
|
---|
3840 | break;
|
---|
3841 | }
|
---|
3842 | skip('}');
|
---|
3843 | /* set integral type of the enum */
|
---|
3844 | t.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
3845 | if (nl >= 0) {
|
---|
3846 | if (pl != (unsigned)pl)
|
---|
3847 | t.t = (LONG_SIZE==8 ? VT_LLONG|VT_LONG : VT_LLONG);
|
---|
3848 | t.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
3849 | } else if (pl != (int)pl || nl != (int)nl)
|
---|
3850 | t.t = (LONG_SIZE==8 ? VT_LLONG|VT_LONG : VT_LLONG);
|
---|
3851 | s->type.t = type->t = t.t | VT_ENUM;
|
---|
3852 | s->c = 0;
|
---|
3853 | /* set type for enum members */
|
---|
3854 | for (ss = s->next; ss; ss = ss->next) {
|
---|
3855 | ll = ss->enum_val;
|
---|
3856 | if (ll == (int)ll) /* default is int if it fits */
|
---|
3857 | continue;
|
---|
3858 | if (t.t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
|
---|
3859 | ss->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
3860 | if (ll == (unsigned)ll)
|
---|
3861 | continue;
|
---|
3862 | }
|
---|
3863 | ss->type.t = (ss->type.t & ~VT_BTYPE)
|
---|
3864 | | (LONG_SIZE==8 ? VT_LLONG|VT_LONG : VT_LLONG);
|
---|
3865 | }
|
---|
3866 | } else {
|
---|
3867 | c = 0;
|
---|
3868 | flexible = 0;
|
---|
3869 | while (tok != '}') {
|
---|
3870 | if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad1)) {
|
---|
3871 | skip(';');
|
---|
3872 | continue;
|
---|
3873 | }
|
---|
3874 | while (1) {
|
---|
3875 | if (flexible)
|
---|
3876 | tcc_error("flexible array member '%s' not at the end of struct",
|
---|
3877 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
3878 | bit_size = -1;
|
---|
3879 | v = 0;
|
---|
3880 | type1 = btype;
|
---|
3881 | if (tok != ':') {
|
---|
3882 | if (tok != ';')
|
---|
3883 | type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
|
---|
3884 | if (v == 0) {
|
---|
3885 | if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
|
---|
3886 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
3887 | else {
|
---|
3888 | int v = btype.ref->v;
|
---|
3889 | if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
|
---|
3890 | if (tcc_state->ms_extensions == 0)
|
---|
3891 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
3892 | }
|
---|
3893 | }
|
---|
3894 | }
|
---|
3895 | if (type_size(&type1, &align) < 0) {
|
---|
3896 | if ((u == VT_STRUCT) && (type1.t & VT_ARRAY) && c)
|
---|
3897 | flexible = 1;
|
---|
3898 | else
|
---|
3899 | tcc_error("field '%s' has incomplete type",
|
---|
3900 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
3901 | }
|
---|
3902 | if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
|
---|
3903 | (type1.t & VT_STORAGE))
|
---|
3904 | tcc_error("invalid type for '%s'",
|
---|
3905 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
3906 | }
|
---|
3907 | if (tok == ':') {
|
---|
3908 | next();
|
---|
3909 | bit_size = expr_const();
|
---|
3910 | /* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
|
---|
3911 | if (bit_size < 0)
|
---|
3912 | tcc_error("negative width in bit-field '%s'",
|
---|
3913 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
3914 | if (v && bit_size == 0)
|
---|
3915 | tcc_error("zero width for bit-field '%s'",
|
---|
3916 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
3917 | parse_attribute(&ad1);
|
---|
3918 | }
|
---|
3919 | size = type_size(&type1, &align);
|
---|
3920 | if (bit_size >= 0) {
|
---|
3921 | bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
3922 | if (bt != VT_INT &&
|
---|
3923 | bt != VT_BYTE &&
|
---|
3924 | bt != VT_SHORT &&
|
---|
3925 | bt != VT_BOOL &&
|
---|
3926 | bt != VT_LLONG)
|
---|
3927 | tcc_error("bitfields must have scalar type");
|
---|
3928 | bsize = size * 8;
|
---|
3929 | if (bit_size > bsize) {
|
---|
3930 | tcc_error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
|
---|
3931 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
3932 | } else if (bit_size == bsize
|
---|
3933 | && !ad.a.packed && !ad1.a.packed) {
|
---|
3934 | /* no need for bit fields */
|
---|
3935 | ;
|
---|
3936 | } else if (bit_size == 64) {
|
---|
3937 | tcc_error("field width 64 not implemented");
|
---|
3938 | } else {
|
---|
3939 | type1.t = (type1.t & ~VT_STRUCT_MASK)
|
---|
3940 | | VT_BITFIELD
|
---|
3941 | | (bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
|
---|
3942 | }
|
---|
3943 | }
|
---|
3944 | if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
3945 | /* Remember we've seen a real field to check
|
---|
3946 | for placement of flexible array member. */
|
---|
3947 | c = 1;
|
---|
3948 | }
|
---|
3949 | /* If member is a struct or bit-field, enforce
|
---|
3950 | placing into the struct (as anonymous). */
|
---|
3951 | if (v == 0 &&
|
---|
3952 | ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT ||
|
---|
3953 | bit_size >= 0)) {
|
---|
3954 | v = anon_sym++;
|
---|
3955 | }
|
---|
3956 | if (v) {
|
---|
3957 | ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, 0, 0);
|
---|
3958 | ss->a = ad1.a;
|
---|
3959 | *ps = ss;
|
---|
3960 | ps = &ss->next;
|
---|
3961 | }
|
---|
3962 | if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
|
---|
3963 | break;
|
---|
3964 | skip(',');
|
---|
3965 | }
|
---|
3966 | skip(';');
|
---|
3967 | }
|
---|
3968 | skip('}');
|
---|
3969 | parse_attribute(&ad);
|
---|
3970 | struct_layout(type, &ad);
|
---|
3971 | }
|
---|
3972 | }
|
---|
3973 | }
|
---|
3974 |
|
---|
3975 | static void sym_to_attr(AttributeDef *ad, Sym *s)
|
---|
3976 | {
|
---|
3977 | if (s->a.aligned && 0 == ad->a.aligned)
|
---|
3978 | ad->a.aligned = s->a.aligned;
|
---|
3979 | if (s->f.func_call && 0 == ad->f.func_call)
|
---|
3980 | ad->f.func_call = s->f.func_call;
|
---|
3981 | if (s->f.func_type && 0 == ad->f.func_type)
|
---|
3982 | ad->f.func_type = s->f.func_type;
|
---|
3983 | if (s->a.packed)
|
---|
3984 | ad->a.packed = 1;
|
---|
3985 | }
|
---|
3986 |
|
---|
3987 | /* Add type qualifiers to a type. If the type is an array then the qualifiers
|
---|
3988 | are added to the element type, copied because it could be a typedef. */
|
---|
3989 | static void parse_btype_qualify(CType *type, int qualifiers)
|
---|
3990 | {
|
---|
3991 | while (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
---|
3992 | type->ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &type->ref->type, 0, type->ref->c);
|
---|
3993 | type = &type->ref->type;
|
---|
3994 | }
|
---|
3995 | type->t |= qualifiers;
|
---|
3996 | }
|
---|
3997 |
|
---|
3998 | /* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
|
---|
3999 | and skip it.
|
---|
4000 | */
|
---|
4001 | static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
|
---|
4002 | {
|
---|
4003 | int t, u, bt, st, type_found, typespec_found, g;
|
---|
4004 | Sym *s;
|
---|
4005 | CType type1;
|
---|
4006 |
|
---|
4007 | memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
|
---|
4008 | type_found = 0;
|
---|
4009 | typespec_found = 0;
|
---|
4010 | t = VT_INT;
|
---|
4011 | bt = st = -1;
|
---|
4012 | type->ref = NULL;
|
---|
4013 |
|
---|
4014 | while(1) {
|
---|
4015 | switch(tok) {
|
---|
4016 | case TOK_EXTENSION:
|
---|
4017 | /* currently, we really ignore extension */
|
---|
4018 | next();
|
---|
4019 | continue;
|
---|
4020 |
|
---|
4021 | /* basic types */
|
---|
4022 | case TOK_CHAR:
|
---|
4023 | u = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
4024 | basic_type:
|
---|
4025 | next();
|
---|
4026 | basic_type1:
|
---|
4027 | if (u == VT_SHORT || u == VT_LONG) {
|
---|
4028 | if (st != -1 || (bt != -1 && bt != VT_INT))
|
---|
4029 | tmbt: tcc_error("too many basic types");
|
---|
4030 | st = u;
|
---|
4031 | } else {
|
---|
4032 | if (bt != -1 || (st != -1 && u != VT_INT))
|
---|
4033 | goto tmbt;
|
---|
4034 | bt = u;
|
---|
4035 | }
|
---|
4036 | if (u != VT_INT)
|
---|
4037 | t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | u;
|
---|
4038 | typespec_found = 1;
|
---|
4039 | break;
|
---|
4040 | case TOK_VOID:
|
---|
4041 | u = VT_VOID;
|
---|
4042 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
4043 | case TOK_SHORT:
|
---|
4044 | u = VT_SHORT;
|
---|
4045 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
4046 | case TOK_INT:
|
---|
4047 | u = VT_INT;
|
---|
4048 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
4049 | case TOK_LONG:
|
---|
4050 | if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
4051 | t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
4052 | } else if ((t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) == VT_LONG) {
|
---|
4053 | t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | VT_LLONG;
|
---|
4054 | } else {
|
---|
4055 | u = VT_LONG;
|
---|
4056 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
4057 | }
|
---|
4058 | next();
|
---|
4059 | break;
|
---|
4060 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
|
---|
4061 | case TOK_UINT128:
|
---|
4062 | /* GCC's __uint128_t appears in some Linux header files. Make it a
|
---|
4063 | synonym for long double to get the size and alignment right. */
|
---|
4064 | u = VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
4065 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
4066 | #endif
|
---|
4067 | case TOK_BOOL:
|
---|
4068 | u = VT_BOOL;
|
---|
4069 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
4070 | case TOK_FLOAT:
|
---|
4071 | u = VT_FLOAT;
|
---|
4072 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
4073 | case TOK_DOUBLE:
|
---|
4074 | if ((t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) == VT_LONG) {
|
---|
4075 | t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
4076 | } else {
|
---|
4077 | u = VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
4078 | goto basic_type;
|
---|
4079 | }
|
---|
4080 | next();
|
---|
4081 | break;
|
---|
4082 | case TOK_ENUM:
|
---|
4083 | struct_decl(&type1, VT_ENUM);
|
---|
4084 | basic_type2:
|
---|
4085 | u = type1.t;
|
---|
4086 | type->ref = type1.ref;
|
---|
4087 | goto basic_type1;
|
---|
4088 | case TOK_STRUCT:
|
---|
4089 | struct_decl(&type1, VT_STRUCT);
|
---|
4090 | goto basic_type2;
|
---|
4091 | case TOK_UNION:
|
---|
4092 | struct_decl(&type1, VT_UNION);
|
---|
4093 | goto basic_type2;
|
---|
4094 |
|
---|
4095 | /* type modifiers */
|
---|
4096 | case TOK_CONST1:
|
---|
4097 | case TOK_CONST2:
|
---|
4098 | case TOK_CONST3:
|
---|
4099 | type->t = t;
|
---|
4100 | parse_btype_qualify(type, VT_CONSTANT);
|
---|
4101 | t = type->t;
|
---|
4102 | next();
|
---|
4103 | break;
|
---|
4104 | case TOK_VOLATILE1:
|
---|
4105 | case TOK_VOLATILE2:
|
---|
4106 | case TOK_VOLATILE3:
|
---|
4107 | type->t = t;
|
---|
4108 | parse_btype_qualify(type, VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
4109 | t = type->t;
|
---|
4110 | next();
|
---|
4111 | break;
|
---|
4112 | case TOK_SIGNED1:
|
---|
4113 | case TOK_SIGNED2:
|
---|
4114 | case TOK_SIGNED3:
|
---|
4115 | if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
4116 | tcc_error("signed and unsigned modifier");
|
---|
4117 | t |= VT_DEFSIGN;
|
---|
4118 | next();
|
---|
4119 | typespec_found = 1;
|
---|
4120 | break;
|
---|
4121 | case TOK_REGISTER:
|
---|
4122 | case TOK_AUTO:
|
---|
4123 | case TOK_RESTRICT1:
|
---|
4124 | case TOK_RESTRICT2:
|
---|
4125 | case TOK_RESTRICT3:
|
---|
4126 | next();
|
---|
4127 | break;
|
---|
4128 | case TOK_UNSIGNED:
|
---|
4129 | if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_UNSIGNED)) == VT_DEFSIGN)
|
---|
4130 | tcc_error("signed and unsigned modifier");
|
---|
4131 | t |= VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4132 | next();
|
---|
4133 | typespec_found = 1;
|
---|
4134 | break;
|
---|
4135 |
|
---|
4136 | /* storage */
|
---|
4137 | case TOK_EXTERN:
|
---|
4138 | g = VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
4139 | goto storage;
|
---|
4140 | case TOK_STATIC:
|
---|
4141 | g = VT_STATIC;
|
---|
4142 | goto storage;
|
---|
4143 | case TOK_TYPEDEF:
|
---|
4144 | g = VT_TYPEDEF;
|
---|
4145 | goto storage;
|
---|
4146 | storage:
|
---|
4147 | if (t & (VT_EXTERN|VT_STATIC|VT_TYPEDEF) & ~g)
|
---|
4148 | tcc_error("multiple storage classes");
|
---|
4149 | t |= g;
|
---|
4150 | next();
|
---|
4151 | break;
|
---|
4152 | case TOK_INLINE1:
|
---|
4153 | case TOK_INLINE2:
|
---|
4154 | case TOK_INLINE3:
|
---|
4155 | t |= VT_INLINE;
|
---|
4156 | next();
|
---|
4157 | break;
|
---|
4158 |
|
---|
4159 | /* GNUC attribute */
|
---|
4160 | case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
|
---|
4161 | case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
|
---|
4162 | parse_attribute(ad);
|
---|
4163 | if (ad->attr_mode) {
|
---|
4164 | u = ad->attr_mode -1;
|
---|
4165 | t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | u;
|
---|
4166 | }
|
---|
4167 | break;
|
---|
4168 | /* GNUC typeof */
|
---|
4169 | case TOK_TYPEOF1:
|
---|
4170 | case TOK_TYPEOF2:
|
---|
4171 | case TOK_TYPEOF3:
|
---|
4172 | next();
|
---|
4173 | parse_expr_type(&type1);
|
---|
4174 | /* remove all storage modifiers except typedef */
|
---|
4175 | type1.t &= ~(VT_STORAGE&~VT_TYPEDEF);
|
---|
4176 | if (type1.ref)
|
---|
4177 | sym_to_attr(ad, type1.ref);
|
---|
4178 | goto basic_type2;
|
---|
4179 | default:
|
---|
4180 | if (typespec_found)
|
---|
4181 | goto the_end;
|
---|
4182 | s = sym_find(tok);
|
---|
4183 | if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
|
---|
4184 | goto the_end;
|
---|
4185 | t &= ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG);
|
---|
4186 | u = t & ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE), t ^= u;
|
---|
4187 | type->t = (s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF) | u;
|
---|
4188 | type->ref = s->type.ref;
|
---|
4189 | if (t)
|
---|
4190 | parse_btype_qualify(type, t);
|
---|
4191 | t = type->t;
|
---|
4192 | /* get attributes from typedef */
|
---|
4193 | sym_to_attr(ad, s);
|
---|
4194 | next();
|
---|
4195 | typespec_found = 1;
|
---|
4196 | st = bt = -2;
|
---|
4197 | break;
|
---|
4198 | }
|
---|
4199 | type_found = 1;
|
---|
4200 | }
|
---|
4201 | the_end:
|
---|
4202 | if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
|
---|
4203 | if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
|
---|
4204 | t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4205 | }
|
---|
4206 | /* VT_LONG is used just as a modifier for VT_INT / VT_LLONG */
|
---|
4207 | bt = t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG);
|
---|
4208 | if (bt == VT_LONG)
|
---|
4209 | t |= LONG_SIZE == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT;
|
---|
4210 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
4211 | if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE)
|
---|
4212 | t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
4213 | #endif
|
---|
4214 | type->t = t;
|
---|
4215 | return type_found;
|
---|
4216 | }
|
---|
4217 |
|
---|
4218 | /* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
|
---|
4219 | function pointer) */
|
---|
4220 | static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
|
---|
4221 | {
|
---|
4222 | /* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
|
---|
4223 | to indicate a const function parameter */
|
---|
4224 | pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
4225 | /* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
|
---|
4226 | pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
|
---|
4227 | if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
4228 | mk_pointer(pt);
|
---|
4229 | }
|
---|
4230 | }
|
---|
4231 |
|
---|
4232 | ST_FUNC void parse_asm_str(CString *astr)
|
---|
4233 | {
|
---|
4234 | skip('(');
|
---|
4235 | parse_mult_str(astr, "string constant");
|
---|
4236 | }
|
---|
4237 |
|
---|
4238 | /* Parse an asm label and return the token */
|
---|
4239 | static int asm_label_instr(void)
|
---|
4240 | {
|
---|
4241 | int v;
|
---|
4242 | CString astr;
|
---|
4243 |
|
---|
4244 | next();
|
---|
4245 | parse_asm_str(&astr);
|
---|
4246 | skip(')');
|
---|
4247 | #ifdef ASM_DEBUG
|
---|
4248 | printf("asm_alias: \"%s\"\n", (char *)astr.data);
|
---|
4249 | #endif
|
---|
4250 | v = tok_alloc(astr.data, astr.size - 1)->tok;
|
---|
4251 | cstr_free(&astr);
|
---|
4252 | return v;
|
---|
4253 | }
|
---|
4254 |
|
---|
4255 | static int post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int storage, int td)
|
---|
4256 | {
|
---|
4257 | int n, l, t1, arg_size, align;
|
---|
4258 | Sym **plast, *s, *first;
|
---|
4259 | AttributeDef ad1;
|
---|
4260 | CType pt;
|
---|
4261 |
|
---|
4262 | if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
4263 | /* function type, or recursive declarator (return if so) */
|
---|
4264 | next();
|
---|
4265 | if (td && !(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
|
---|
4266 | return 0;
|
---|
4267 | if (tok == ')')
|
---|
4268 | l = 0;
|
---|
4269 | else if (parse_btype(&pt, &ad1))
|
---|
4270 | l = FUNC_NEW;
|
---|
4271 | else if (td)
|
---|
4272 | return 0;
|
---|
4273 | else
|
---|
4274 | l = FUNC_OLD;
|
---|
4275 | first = NULL;
|
---|
4276 | plast = &first;
|
---|
4277 | arg_size = 0;
|
---|
4278 | if (l) {
|
---|
4279 | for(;;) {
|
---|
4280 | /* read param name and compute offset */
|
---|
4281 | if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
|
---|
4282 | if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
|
---|
4283 | break;
|
---|
4284 | type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
4285 | if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
|
---|
4286 | tcc_error("parameter declared as void");
|
---|
4287 | arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + PTR_SIZE - 1) / PTR_SIZE;
|
---|
4288 | } else {
|
---|
4289 | n = tok;
|
---|
4290 | if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
4291 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
4292 | pt.t = VT_VOID; /* invalid type */
|
---|
4293 | next();
|
---|
4294 | }
|
---|
4295 | convert_parameter_type(&pt);
|
---|
4296 | s = sym_push(n | SYM_FIELD, &pt, 0, 0);
|
---|
4297 | *plast = s;
|
---|
4298 | plast = &s->next;
|
---|
4299 | if (tok == ')')
|
---|
4300 | break;
|
---|
4301 | skip(',');
|
---|
4302 | if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
|
---|
4303 | l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
|
---|
4304 | next();
|
---|
4305 | break;
|
---|
4306 | }
|
---|
4307 | if (l == FUNC_NEW && !parse_btype(&pt, &ad1))
|
---|
4308 | tcc_error("invalid type");
|
---|
4309 | }
|
---|
4310 | } else
|
---|
4311 | /* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
|
---|
4312 | l = FUNC_OLD;
|
---|
4313 | skip(')');
|
---|
4314 | /* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
|
---|
4315 | meaning in gcc / C++ */
|
---|
4316 | type->t &= ~VT_CONSTANT;
|
---|
4317 | /* some ancient pre-K&R C allows a function to return an array
|
---|
4318 | and the array brackets to be put after the arguments, such
|
---|
4319 | that "int c()[]" means something like "int[] c()" */
|
---|
4320 | if (tok == '[') {
|
---|
4321 | next();
|
---|
4322 | skip(']'); /* only handle simple "[]" */
|
---|
4323 | mk_pointer(type);
|
---|
4324 | }
|
---|
4325 | /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
|
---|
4326 | ad->f.func_args = arg_size;
|
---|
4327 | ad->f.func_type = l;
|
---|
4328 | s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, 0);
|
---|
4329 | s->a = ad->a;
|
---|
4330 | s->f = ad->f;
|
---|
4331 | s->next = first;
|
---|
4332 | type->t = VT_FUNC;
|
---|
4333 | type->ref = s;
|
---|
4334 | } else if (tok == '[') {
|
---|
4335 | int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
4336 | /* array definition */
|
---|
4337 | next();
|
---|
4338 | if (tok == TOK_RESTRICT1)
|
---|
4339 | next();
|
---|
4340 | n = -1;
|
---|
4341 | t1 = 0;
|
---|
4342 | if (tok != ']') {
|
---|
4343 | if (!local_stack || (storage & VT_STATIC))
|
---|
4344 | vpushi(expr_const());
|
---|
4345 | else {
|
---|
4346 | /* VLAs (which can only happen with local_stack && !VT_STATIC)
|
---|
4347 | length must always be evaluated, even under nocode_wanted,
|
---|
4348 | so that its size slot is initialized (e.g. under sizeof
|
---|
4349 | or typeof). */
|
---|
4350 | nocode_wanted = 0;
|
---|
4351 | gexpr();
|
---|
4352 | }
|
---|
4353 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
4354 | n = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
4355 | if (n < 0)
|
---|
4356 | tcc_error("invalid array size");
|
---|
4357 | } else {
|
---|
4358 | if (!is_integer_btype(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
|
---|
4359 | tcc_error("size of variable length array should be an integer");
|
---|
4360 | t1 = VT_VLA;
|
---|
4361 | }
|
---|
4362 | }
|
---|
4363 | skip(']');
|
---|
4364 | /* parse next post type */
|
---|
4365 | post_type(type, ad, storage, 0);
|
---|
4366 | if (type->t == VT_FUNC)
|
---|
4367 | tcc_error("declaration of an array of functions");
|
---|
4368 | t1 |= type->t & VT_VLA;
|
---|
4369 |
|
---|
4370 | if (t1 & VT_VLA) {
|
---|
4371 | loc -= type_size(&int_type, &align);
|
---|
4372 | loc &= -align;
|
---|
4373 | n = loc;
|
---|
4374 |
|
---|
4375 | vla_runtime_type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
4376 | gen_op('*');
|
---|
4377 | vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, n);
|
---|
4378 | vswap();
|
---|
4379 | vstore();
|
---|
4380 | }
|
---|
4381 | if (n != -1)
|
---|
4382 | vpop();
|
---|
4383 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
4384 |
|
---|
4385 | /* we push an anonymous symbol which will contain the array
|
---|
4386 | element type */
|
---|
4387 | s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
|
---|
4388 | type->t = (t1 ? VT_VLA : VT_ARRAY) | VT_PTR;
|
---|
4389 | type->ref = s;
|
---|
4390 | }
|
---|
4391 | return 1;
|
---|
4392 | }
|
---|
4393 |
|
---|
4394 | /* Parse a type declarator (except basic type), and return the type
|
---|
4395 | in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
|
---|
4396 | expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
|
---|
4397 | attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
|
---|
4398 | type_decl(). If this (possibly abstract) declarator is a pointer chain
|
---|
4399 | it returns the innermost pointed to type (equals *type, but is a different
|
---|
4400 | pointer), otherwise returns type itself, that's used for recursive calls. */
|
---|
4401 | static CType *type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
|
---|
4402 | {
|
---|
4403 | CType *post, *ret;
|
---|
4404 | int qualifiers, storage;
|
---|
4405 |
|
---|
4406 | /* recursive type, remove storage bits first, apply them later again */
|
---|
4407 | storage = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
|
---|
4408 | type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
|
---|
4409 | post = ret = type;
|
---|
4410 |
|
---|
4411 | while (tok == '*') {
|
---|
4412 | qualifiers = 0;
|
---|
4413 | redo:
|
---|
4414 | next();
|
---|
4415 | switch(tok) {
|
---|
4416 | case TOK_CONST1:
|
---|
4417 | case TOK_CONST2:
|
---|
4418 | case TOK_CONST3:
|
---|
4419 | qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
|
---|
4420 | goto redo;
|
---|
4421 | case TOK_VOLATILE1:
|
---|
4422 | case TOK_VOLATILE2:
|
---|
4423 | case TOK_VOLATILE3:
|
---|
4424 | qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
|
---|
4425 | goto redo;
|
---|
4426 | case TOK_RESTRICT1:
|
---|
4427 | case TOK_RESTRICT2:
|
---|
4428 | case TOK_RESTRICT3:
|
---|
4429 | goto redo;
|
---|
4430 | /* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
|
---|
4431 | case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
|
---|
4432 | case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
|
---|
4433 | parse_attribute(ad);
|
---|
4434 | break;
|
---|
4435 | }
|
---|
4436 | mk_pointer(type);
|
---|
4437 | type->t |= qualifiers;
|
---|
4438 | if (ret == type)
|
---|
4439 | /* innermost pointed to type is the one for the first derivation */
|
---|
4440 | ret = pointed_type(type);
|
---|
4441 | }
|
---|
4442 |
|
---|
4443 | if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
4444 | /* This is possibly a parameter type list for abstract declarators
|
---|
4445 | ('int ()'), use post_type for testing this. */
|
---|
4446 | if (!post_type(type, ad, 0, td)) {
|
---|
4447 | /* It's not, so it's a nested declarator, and the post operations
|
---|
4448 | apply to the innermost pointed to type (if any). */
|
---|
4449 | /* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
|
---|
4450 | the syntax is not clear */
|
---|
4451 | parse_attribute(ad);
|
---|
4452 | post = type_decl(type, ad, v, td);
|
---|
4453 | skip(')');
|
---|
4454 | }
|
---|
4455 | } else if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
|
---|
4456 | /* type identifier */
|
---|
4457 | *v = tok;
|
---|
4458 | next();
|
---|
4459 | } else {
|
---|
4460 | if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
|
---|
4461 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
4462 | *v = 0;
|
---|
4463 | }
|
---|
4464 | post_type(post, ad, storage, 0);
|
---|
4465 | parse_attribute(ad);
|
---|
4466 | type->t |= storage;
|
---|
4467 | return ret;
|
---|
4468 | }
|
---|
4469 |
|
---|
4470 | /* compute the lvalue VT_LVAL_xxx needed to match type t. */
|
---|
4471 | ST_FUNC int lvalue_type(int t)
|
---|
4472 | {
|
---|
4473 | int bt, r;
|
---|
4474 | r = VT_LVAL;
|
---|
4475 | bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
4476 | if (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL)
|
---|
4477 | r |= VT_LVAL_BYTE;
|
---|
4478 | else if (bt == VT_SHORT)
|
---|
4479 | r |= VT_LVAL_SHORT;
|
---|
4480 | else
|
---|
4481 | return r;
|
---|
4482 | if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
4483 | r |= VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4484 | return r;
|
---|
4485 | }
|
---|
4486 |
|
---|
4487 | /* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
|
---|
4488 | ST_FUNC void indir(void)
|
---|
4489 | {
|
---|
4490 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
|
---|
4491 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
|
---|
4492 | return;
|
---|
4493 | expect("pointer");
|
---|
4494 | }
|
---|
4495 | if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)
|
---|
4496 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
4497 | vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
|
---|
4498 | /* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
|
---|
4499 | if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_VLA)
|
---|
4500 | && (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
4501 | vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
4502 | /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
|
---|
4503 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
4504 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check)
|
---|
4505 | vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
|
---|
4506 | #endif
|
---|
4507 | }
|
---|
4508 | }
|
---|
4509 |
|
---|
4510 | /* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
|
---|
4511 | static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
|
---|
4512 | {
|
---|
4513 | int func_type;
|
---|
4514 | CType type;
|
---|
4515 |
|
---|
4516 | func_type = func->f.func_type;
|
---|
4517 | if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
|
---|
4518 | (func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
|
---|
4519 | /* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
|
---|
4520 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
|
---|
4521 | gen_cast_s(VT_DOUBLE);
|
---|
4522 | } else if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
4523 | type.t = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
|
---|
4524 | type.ref = vtop->type.ref;
|
---|
4525 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
4526 | }
|
---|
4527 | } else if (arg == NULL) {
|
---|
4528 | tcc_error("too many arguments to function");
|
---|
4529 | } else {
|
---|
4530 | type = arg->type;
|
---|
4531 | type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
|
---|
4532 | gen_assign_cast(&type);
|
---|
4533 | }
|
---|
4534 | }
|
---|
4535 |
|
---|
4536 | /* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
|
---|
4537 | static void expr_type(CType *type, void (*expr_fn)(void))
|
---|
4538 | {
|
---|
4539 | nocode_wanted++;
|
---|
4540 | expr_fn();
|
---|
4541 | *type = vtop->type;
|
---|
4542 | vpop();
|
---|
4543 | nocode_wanted--;
|
---|
4544 | }
|
---|
4545 |
|
---|
4546 | /* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
|
---|
4547 | type */
|
---|
4548 | static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
|
---|
4549 | {
|
---|
4550 | int n;
|
---|
4551 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
4552 |
|
---|
4553 | skip('(');
|
---|
4554 | if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
|
---|
4555 | type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
4556 | } else {
|
---|
4557 | expr_type(type, gexpr);
|
---|
4558 | }
|
---|
4559 | skip(')');
|
---|
4560 | }
|
---|
4561 |
|
---|
4562 | static void parse_type(CType *type)
|
---|
4563 | {
|
---|
4564 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
4565 | int n;
|
---|
4566 |
|
---|
4567 | if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
|
---|
4568 | expect("type");
|
---|
4569 | }
|
---|
4570 | type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
4571 | }
|
---|
4572 |
|
---|
4573 | static void parse_builtin_params(int nc, const char *args)
|
---|
4574 | {
|
---|
4575 | char c, sep = '(';
|
---|
4576 | CType t;
|
---|
4577 | if (nc)
|
---|
4578 | nocode_wanted++;
|
---|
4579 | next();
|
---|
4580 | while ((c = *args++)) {
|
---|
4581 | skip(sep);
|
---|
4582 | sep = ',';
|
---|
4583 | switch (c) {
|
---|
4584 | case 'e': expr_eq(); continue;
|
---|
4585 | case 't': parse_type(&t); vpush(&t); continue;
|
---|
4586 | default: tcc_error("internal error"); break;
|
---|
4587 | }
|
---|
4588 | }
|
---|
4589 | skip(')');
|
---|
4590 | if (nc)
|
---|
4591 | nocode_wanted--;
|
---|
4592 | }
|
---|
4593 |
|
---|
4594 | ST_FUNC void unary(void)
|
---|
4595 | {
|
---|
4596 | int n, t, align, size, r, sizeof_caller;
|
---|
4597 | CType type;
|
---|
4598 | Sym *s;
|
---|
4599 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
4600 |
|
---|
4601 | sizeof_caller = in_sizeof;
|
---|
4602 | in_sizeof = 0;
|
---|
4603 | type.ref = NULL;
|
---|
4604 | /* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
|
---|
4605 | better here */
|
---|
4606 | tok_next:
|
---|
4607 | switch(tok) {
|
---|
4608 | case TOK_EXTENSION:
|
---|
4609 | next();
|
---|
4610 | goto tok_next;
|
---|
4611 | case TOK_LCHAR:
|
---|
4612 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
4613 | t = VT_SHORT|VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4614 | goto push_tokc;
|
---|
4615 | #endif
|
---|
4616 | case TOK_CINT:
|
---|
4617 | case TOK_CCHAR:
|
---|
4618 | t = VT_INT;
|
---|
4619 | push_tokc:
|
---|
4620 | type.t = t;
|
---|
4621 | vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
|
---|
4622 | next();
|
---|
4623 | break;
|
---|
4624 | case TOK_CUINT:
|
---|
4625 | t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4626 | goto push_tokc;
|
---|
4627 | case TOK_CLLONG:
|
---|
4628 | t = VT_LLONG;
|
---|
4629 | goto push_tokc;
|
---|
4630 | case TOK_CULLONG:
|
---|
4631 | t = VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4632 | goto push_tokc;
|
---|
4633 | case TOK_CFLOAT:
|
---|
4634 | t = VT_FLOAT;
|
---|
4635 | goto push_tokc;
|
---|
4636 | case TOK_CDOUBLE:
|
---|
4637 | t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
4638 | goto push_tokc;
|
---|
4639 | case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
|
---|
4640 | t = VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
4641 | goto push_tokc;
|
---|
4642 | case TOK_CLONG:
|
---|
4643 | t = (LONG_SIZE == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT) | VT_LONG;
|
---|
4644 | goto push_tokc;
|
---|
4645 | case TOK_CULONG:
|
---|
4646 | t = (LONG_SIZE == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT) | VT_LONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4647 | goto push_tokc;
|
---|
4648 | case TOK___FUNCTION__:
|
---|
4649 | if (!gnu_ext)
|
---|
4650 | goto tok_identifier;
|
---|
4651 | /* fall thru */
|
---|
4652 | case TOK___FUNC__:
|
---|
4653 | {
|
---|
4654 | void *ptr;
|
---|
4655 | int len;
|
---|
4656 | /* special function name identifier */
|
---|
4657 | len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
|
---|
4658 | /* generate char[len] type */
|
---|
4659 | type.t = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
4660 | mk_pointer(&type);
|
---|
4661 | type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
|
---|
4662 | type.ref->c = len;
|
---|
4663 | vpush_ref(&type, data_section, data_section->data_offset, len);
|
---|
4664 | if (!NODATA_WANTED) {
|
---|
4665 | ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, len);
|
---|
4666 | memcpy(ptr, funcname, len);
|
---|
4667 | }
|
---|
4668 | next();
|
---|
4669 | }
|
---|
4670 | break;
|
---|
4671 | case TOK_LSTR:
|
---|
4672 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
4673 | t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4674 | #else
|
---|
4675 | t = VT_INT;
|
---|
4676 | #endif
|
---|
4677 | goto str_init;
|
---|
4678 | case TOK_STR:
|
---|
4679 | /* string parsing */
|
---|
4680 | t = VT_BYTE;
|
---|
4681 | if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned)
|
---|
4682 | t = VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4683 | str_init:
|
---|
4684 | if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings)
|
---|
4685 | t |= VT_CONSTANT;
|
---|
4686 | type.t = t;
|
---|
4687 | mk_pointer(&type);
|
---|
4688 | type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
|
---|
4689 | memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
|
---|
4690 | decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, 0);
|
---|
4691 | break;
|
---|
4692 | case '(':
|
---|
4693 | next();
|
---|
4694 | /* cast ? */
|
---|
4695 | if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
|
---|
4696 | type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
4697 | skip(')');
|
---|
4698 | /* check ISOC99 compound literal */
|
---|
4699 | if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
4700 | /* data is allocated locally by default */
|
---|
4701 | if (global_expr)
|
---|
4702 | r = VT_CONST;
|
---|
4703 | else
|
---|
4704 | r = VT_LOCAL;
|
---|
4705 | /* all except arrays are lvalues */
|
---|
4706 | if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
|
---|
4707 | r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
|
---|
4708 | memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
|
---|
4709 | decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, 0);
|
---|
4710 | } else {
|
---|
4711 | if (sizeof_caller) {
|
---|
4712 | vpush(&type);
|
---|
4713 | return;
|
---|
4714 | }
|
---|
4715 | unary();
|
---|
4716 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
4717 | }
|
---|
4718 | } else if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
4719 | int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
4720 | if (const_wanted)
|
---|
4721 | tcc_error("expected constant");
|
---|
4722 | /* save all registers */
|
---|
4723 | save_regs(0);
|
---|
4724 | /* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
|
---|
4725 | inside as GCC does. We do retain the nocode_wanted state,
|
---|
4726 | as statement expressions can't ever be entered from the
|
---|
4727 | outside, so any reactivation of code emission (from labels
|
---|
4728 | or loop heads) can be disabled again after the end of it. */
|
---|
4729 | block(NULL, NULL, 1);
|
---|
4730 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
4731 | skip(')');
|
---|
4732 | } else {
|
---|
4733 | gexpr();
|
---|
4734 | skip(')');
|
---|
4735 | }
|
---|
4736 | break;
|
---|
4737 | case '*':
|
---|
4738 | next();
|
---|
4739 | unary();
|
---|
4740 | indir();
|
---|
4741 | break;
|
---|
4742 | case '&':
|
---|
4743 | next();
|
---|
4744 | unary();
|
---|
4745 | /* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
|
---|
4746 | except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
|
---|
4747 | functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
|
---|
4748 | there and in function calls. */
|
---|
4749 | /* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
|
---|
4750 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
|
---|
4751 | !(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY))
|
---|
4752 | test_lvalue();
|
---|
4753 | mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
---|
4754 | gaddrof();
|
---|
4755 | break;
|
---|
4756 | case '!':
|
---|
4757 | next();
|
---|
4758 | unary();
|
---|
4759 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
4760 | gen_cast_s(VT_BOOL);
|
---|
4761 | vtop->c.i = !vtop->c.i;
|
---|
4762 | } else if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CMP)
|
---|
4763 | vtop->c.i ^= 1;
|
---|
4764 | else {
|
---|
4765 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
4766 | vseti(VT_JMP, gvtst(1, 0));
|
---|
4767 | }
|
---|
4768 | break;
|
---|
4769 | case '~':
|
---|
4770 | next();
|
---|
4771 | unary();
|
---|
4772 | vpushi(-1);
|
---|
4773 | gen_op('^');
|
---|
4774 | break;
|
---|
4775 | case '+':
|
---|
4776 | next();
|
---|
4777 | unary();
|
---|
4778 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
|
---|
4779 | tcc_error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
|
---|
4780 | /* In order to force cast, we add zero, except for floating point
|
---|
4781 | where we really need an noop (otherwise -0.0 will be transformed
|
---|
4782 | into +0.0). */
|
---|
4783 | if (!is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
|
---|
4784 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
4785 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
4786 | }
|
---|
4787 | break;
|
---|
4788 | case TOK_SIZEOF:
|
---|
4789 | case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
|
---|
4790 | case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
|
---|
4791 | t = tok;
|
---|
4792 | next();
|
---|
4793 | in_sizeof++;
|
---|
4794 | expr_type(&type, unary); /* Perform a in_sizeof = 0; */
|
---|
4795 | s = vtop[1].sym; /* hack: accessing previous vtop */
|
---|
4796 | size = type_size(&type, &align);
|
---|
4797 | if (s && s->a.aligned)
|
---|
4798 | align = 1 << (s->a.aligned - 1);
|
---|
4799 | if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
|
---|
4800 | if (!(type.t & VT_VLA)) {
|
---|
4801 | if (size < 0)
|
---|
4802 | tcc_error("sizeof applied to an incomplete type");
|
---|
4803 | vpushs(size);
|
---|
4804 | } else {
|
---|
4805 | vla_runtime_type_size(&type, &align);
|
---|
4806 | }
|
---|
4807 | } else {
|
---|
4808 | vpushs(align);
|
---|
4809 | }
|
---|
4810 | vtop->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
4811 | break;
|
---|
4812 |
|
---|
4813 | case TOK_builtin_expect:
|
---|
4814 | /* __builtin_expect is a no-op for now */
|
---|
4815 | parse_builtin_params(0, "ee");
|
---|
4816 | vpop();
|
---|
4817 | break;
|
---|
4818 | case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
|
---|
4819 | parse_builtin_params(0, "tt");
|
---|
4820 | vtop[-1].type.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
4821 | vtop[0].type.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
4822 | n = is_compatible_types(&vtop[-1].type, &vtop[0].type);
|
---|
4823 | vtop -= 2;
|
---|
4824 | vpushi(n);
|
---|
4825 | break;
|
---|
4826 | case TOK_builtin_choose_expr:
|
---|
4827 | {
|
---|
4828 | int64_t c;
|
---|
4829 | next();
|
---|
4830 | skip('(');
|
---|
4831 | c = expr_const64();
|
---|
4832 | skip(',');
|
---|
4833 | if (!c) {
|
---|
4834 | nocode_wanted++;
|
---|
4835 | }
|
---|
4836 | expr_eq();
|
---|
4837 | if (!c) {
|
---|
4838 | vpop();
|
---|
4839 | nocode_wanted--;
|
---|
4840 | }
|
---|
4841 | skip(',');
|
---|
4842 | if (c) {
|
---|
4843 | nocode_wanted++;
|
---|
4844 | }
|
---|
4845 | expr_eq();
|
---|
4846 | if (c) {
|
---|
4847 | vpop();
|
---|
4848 | nocode_wanted--;
|
---|
4849 | }
|
---|
4850 | skip(')');
|
---|
4851 | }
|
---|
4852 | break;
|
---|
4853 | case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
|
---|
4854 | parse_builtin_params(1, "e");
|
---|
4855 | n = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
|
---|
4856 | vtop--;
|
---|
4857 | vpushi(n);
|
---|
4858 | break;
|
---|
4859 | case TOK_builtin_frame_address:
|
---|
4860 | case TOK_builtin_return_address:
|
---|
4861 | {
|
---|
4862 | int tok1 = tok;
|
---|
4863 | int level;
|
---|
4864 | next();
|
---|
4865 | skip('(');
|
---|
4866 | if (tok != TOK_CINT) {
|
---|
4867 | tcc_error("%s only takes positive integers",
|
---|
4868 | tok1 == TOK_builtin_return_address ?
|
---|
4869 | "__builtin_return_address" :
|
---|
4870 | "__builtin_frame_address");
|
---|
4871 | }
|
---|
4872 | level = (uint32_t)tokc.i;
|
---|
4873 | next();
|
---|
4874 | skip(')');
|
---|
4875 | type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
4876 | mk_pointer(&type);
|
---|
4877 | vset(&type, VT_LOCAL, 0); /* local frame */
|
---|
4878 | while (level--) {
|
---|
4879 | mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
---|
4880 | indir(); /* -> parent frame */
|
---|
4881 | }
|
---|
4882 | if (tok1 == TOK_builtin_return_address) {
|
---|
4883 | // assume return address is just above frame pointer on stack
|
---|
4884 | vpushi(PTR_SIZE);
|
---|
4885 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
4886 | mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
---|
4887 | indir();
|
---|
4888 | }
|
---|
4889 | }
|
---|
4890 | break;
|
---|
4891 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
4892 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
4893 | case TOK_builtin_va_start:
|
---|
4894 | parse_builtin_params(0, "ee");
|
---|
4895 | r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
|
---|
4896 | if (r == VT_LLOCAL)
|
---|
4897 | r = VT_LOCAL;
|
---|
4898 | if (r != VT_LOCAL)
|
---|
4899 | tcc_error("__builtin_va_start expects a local variable");
|
---|
4900 | vtop->r = r;
|
---|
4901 | vtop->type = char_pointer_type;
|
---|
4902 | vtop->c.i += 8;
|
---|
4903 | vstore();
|
---|
4904 | break;
|
---|
4905 | #else
|
---|
4906 | case TOK_builtin_va_arg_types:
|
---|
4907 | parse_builtin_params(0, "t");
|
---|
4908 | vpushi(classify_x86_64_va_arg(&vtop->type));
|
---|
4909 | vswap();
|
---|
4910 | vpop();
|
---|
4911 | break;
|
---|
4912 | #endif
|
---|
4913 | #endif
|
---|
4914 |
|
---|
4915 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
|
---|
4916 | case TOK___va_start: {
|
---|
4917 | parse_builtin_params(0, "ee");
|
---|
4918 | //xx check types
|
---|
4919 | gen_va_start();
|
---|
4920 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
4921 | vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
4922 | break;
|
---|
4923 | }
|
---|
4924 | case TOK___va_arg: {
|
---|
4925 | parse_builtin_params(0, "et");
|
---|
4926 | type = vtop->type;
|
---|
4927 | vpop();
|
---|
4928 | //xx check types
|
---|
4929 | gen_va_arg(&type);
|
---|
4930 | vtop->type = type;
|
---|
4931 | break;
|
---|
4932 | }
|
---|
4933 | case TOK___arm64_clear_cache: {
|
---|
4934 | parse_builtin_params(0, "ee");
|
---|
4935 | gen_clear_cache();
|
---|
4936 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
4937 | vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
4938 | break;
|
---|
4939 | }
|
---|
4940 | #endif
|
---|
4941 | /* pre operations */
|
---|
4942 | case TOK_INC:
|
---|
4943 | case TOK_DEC:
|
---|
4944 | t = tok;
|
---|
4945 | next();
|
---|
4946 | unary();
|
---|
4947 | inc(0, t);
|
---|
4948 | break;
|
---|
4949 | case '-':
|
---|
4950 | next();
|
---|
4951 | unary();
|
---|
4952 | t = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
4953 | if (is_float(t)) {
|
---|
4954 | /* In IEEE negate(x) isn't subtract(0,x), but rather
|
---|
4955 | subtract(-0, x). */
|
---|
4956 | vpush(&vtop->type);
|
---|
4957 | if (t == VT_FLOAT)
|
---|
4958 | vtop->c.f = -1.0 * 0.0;
|
---|
4959 | else if (t == VT_DOUBLE)
|
---|
4960 | vtop->c.d = -1.0 * 0.0;
|
---|
4961 | else
|
---|
4962 | vtop->c.ld = -1.0 * 0.0;
|
---|
4963 | } else
|
---|
4964 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
4965 | vswap();
|
---|
4966 | gen_op('-');
|
---|
4967 | break;
|
---|
4968 | case TOK_LAND:
|
---|
4969 | if (!gnu_ext)
|
---|
4970 | goto tok_identifier;
|
---|
4971 | next();
|
---|
4972 | /* allow to take the address of a label */
|
---|
4973 | if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
4974 | expect("label identifier");
|
---|
4975 | s = label_find(tok);
|
---|
4976 | if (!s) {
|
---|
4977 | s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
|
---|
4978 | } else {
|
---|
4979 | if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
|
---|
4980 | s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
|
---|
4981 | }
|
---|
4982 | if (!s->type.t) {
|
---|
4983 | s->type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
4984 | mk_pointer(&s->type);
|
---|
4985 | s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
|
---|
4986 | }
|
---|
4987 | vpushsym(&s->type, s);
|
---|
4988 | next();
|
---|
4989 | break;
|
---|
4990 |
|
---|
4991 | case TOK_GENERIC:
|
---|
4992 | {
|
---|
4993 | CType controlling_type;
|
---|
4994 | int has_default = 0;
|
---|
4995 | int has_match = 0;
|
---|
4996 | int learn = 0;
|
---|
4997 | TokenString *str = NULL;
|
---|
4998 |
|
---|
4999 | next();
|
---|
5000 | skip('(');
|
---|
5001 | expr_type(&controlling_type, expr_eq);
|
---|
5002 | controlling_type.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE | VT_ARRAY);
|
---|
5003 | for (;;) {
|
---|
5004 | learn = 0;
|
---|
5005 | skip(',');
|
---|
5006 | if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
|
---|
5007 | if (has_default)
|
---|
5008 | tcc_error("too many 'default'");
|
---|
5009 | has_default = 1;
|
---|
5010 | if (!has_match)
|
---|
5011 | learn = 1;
|
---|
5012 | next();
|
---|
5013 | } else {
|
---|
5014 | AttributeDef ad_tmp;
|
---|
5015 | int itmp;
|
---|
5016 | CType cur_type;
|
---|
5017 | parse_btype(&cur_type, &ad_tmp);
|
---|
5018 | type_decl(&cur_type, &ad_tmp, &itmp, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
|
---|
5019 | if (compare_types(&controlling_type, &cur_type, 0)) {
|
---|
5020 | if (has_match) {
|
---|
5021 | tcc_error("type match twice");
|
---|
5022 | }
|
---|
5023 | has_match = 1;
|
---|
5024 | learn = 1;
|
---|
5025 | }
|
---|
5026 | }
|
---|
5027 | skip(':');
|
---|
5028 | if (learn) {
|
---|
5029 | if (str)
|
---|
5030 | tok_str_free(str);
|
---|
5031 | skip_or_save_block(&str);
|
---|
5032 | } else {
|
---|
5033 | skip_or_save_block(NULL);
|
---|
5034 | }
|
---|
5035 | if (tok == ')')
|
---|
5036 | break;
|
---|
5037 | }
|
---|
5038 | if (!str) {
|
---|
5039 | char buf[60];
|
---|
5040 | type_to_str(buf, sizeof buf, &controlling_type, NULL);
|
---|
5041 | tcc_error("type '%s' does not match any association", buf);
|
---|
5042 | }
|
---|
5043 | begin_macro(str, 1);
|
---|
5044 | next();
|
---|
5045 | expr_eq();
|
---|
5046 | if (tok != TOK_EOF)
|
---|
5047 | expect(",");
|
---|
5048 | end_macro();
|
---|
5049 | next();
|
---|
5050 | break;
|
---|
5051 | }
|
---|
5052 | // special qnan , snan and infinity values
|
---|
5053 | case TOK___NAN__:
|
---|
5054 | vpush64(VT_DOUBLE, 0x7ff8000000000000ULL);
|
---|
5055 | next();
|
---|
5056 | break;
|
---|
5057 | case TOK___SNAN__:
|
---|
5058 | vpush64(VT_DOUBLE, 0x7ff0000000000001ULL);
|
---|
5059 | next();
|
---|
5060 | break;
|
---|
5061 | case TOK___INF__:
|
---|
5062 | vpush64(VT_DOUBLE, 0x7ff0000000000000ULL);
|
---|
5063 | next();
|
---|
5064 | break;
|
---|
5065 |
|
---|
5066 | default:
|
---|
5067 | tok_identifier:
|
---|
5068 | t = tok;
|
---|
5069 | next();
|
---|
5070 | if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
5071 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
5072 | s = sym_find(t);
|
---|
5073 | if (!s || IS_ASM_SYM(s)) {
|
---|
5074 | const char *name = get_tok_str(t, NULL);
|
---|
5075 | if (tok != '(')
|
---|
5076 | tcc_error("'%s' undeclared", name);
|
---|
5077 | /* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
|
---|
5078 | external reference to int() function */
|
---|
5079 | if (tcc_state->warn_implicit_function_declaration
|
---|
5080 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
5081 | /* people must be warned about using undeclared WINAPI functions
|
---|
5082 | (which usually start with uppercase letter) */
|
---|
5083 | || (name[0] >= 'A' && name[0] <= 'Z')
|
---|
5084 | #endif
|
---|
5085 | )
|
---|
5086 | tcc_warning("implicit declaration of function '%s'", name);
|
---|
5087 | s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type, 0);
|
---|
5088 | }
|
---|
5089 |
|
---|
5090 | r = s->r;
|
---|
5091 | /* A symbol that has a register is a local register variable,
|
---|
5092 | which starts out as VT_LOCAL value. */
|
---|
5093 | if ((r & VT_VALMASK) < VT_CONST)
|
---|
5094 | r = (r & ~VT_VALMASK) | VT_LOCAL;
|
---|
5095 |
|
---|
5096 | vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
|
---|
5097 | /* Point to s as backpointer (even without r&VT_SYM).
|
---|
5098 | Will be used by at least the x86 inline asm parser for
|
---|
5099 | regvars. */
|
---|
5100 | vtop->sym = s;
|
---|
5101 |
|
---|
5102 | if (r & VT_SYM) {
|
---|
5103 | vtop->c.i = 0;
|
---|
5104 | } else if (r == VT_CONST && IS_ENUM_VAL(s->type.t)) {
|
---|
5105 | vtop->c.i = s->enum_val;
|
---|
5106 | }
|
---|
5107 | break;
|
---|
5108 | }
|
---|
5109 |
|
---|
5110 | /* post operations */
|
---|
5111 | while (1) {
|
---|
5112 | if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
|
---|
5113 | inc(1, tok);
|
---|
5114 | next();
|
---|
5115 | } else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW || tok == TOK_CDOUBLE) {
|
---|
5116 | int qualifiers;
|
---|
5117 | /* field */
|
---|
5118 | if (tok == TOK_ARROW)
|
---|
5119 | indir();
|
---|
5120 | qualifiers = vtop->type.t & (VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
|
---|
5121 | test_lvalue();
|
---|
5122 | gaddrof();
|
---|
5123 | /* expect pointer on structure */
|
---|
5124 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
|
---|
5125 | expect("struct or union");
|
---|
5126 | if (tok == TOK_CDOUBLE)
|
---|
5127 | expect("field name");
|
---|
5128 | next();
|
---|
5129 | if (tok == TOK_CINT || tok == TOK_CUINT)
|
---|
5130 | expect("field name");
|
---|
5131 | s = find_field(&vtop->type, tok);
|
---|
5132 | if (!s)
|
---|
5133 | tcc_error("field not found: %s", get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, &tokc));
|
---|
5134 | /* add field offset to pointer */
|
---|
5135 | vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
|
---|
5136 | vpushi(s->c);
|
---|
5137 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
5138 | /* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
|
---|
5139 | vtop->type = s->type;
|
---|
5140 | vtop->type.t |= qualifiers;
|
---|
5141 | /* an array is never an lvalue */
|
---|
5142 | if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
---|
5143 | vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
5144 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
5145 | /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
|
---|
5146 | if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && (vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) != VT_LOCAL)
|
---|
5147 | vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
|
---|
5148 | #endif
|
---|
5149 | }
|
---|
5150 | next();
|
---|
5151 | } else if (tok == '[') {
|
---|
5152 | next();
|
---|
5153 | gexpr();
|
---|
5154 | gen_op('+');
|
---|
5155 | indir();
|
---|
5156 | skip(']');
|
---|
5157 | } else if (tok == '(') {
|
---|
5158 | SValue ret;
|
---|
5159 | Sym *sa;
|
---|
5160 | int nb_args, ret_nregs, ret_align, regsize, variadic;
|
---|
5161 |
|
---|
5162 | /* function call */
|
---|
5163 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
5164 | /* pointer test (no array accepted) */
|
---|
5165 | if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
5166 | vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
|
---|
5167 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
|
---|
5168 | goto error_func;
|
---|
5169 | } else {
|
---|
5170 | error_func:
|
---|
5171 | expect("function pointer");
|
---|
5172 | }
|
---|
5173 | } else {
|
---|
5174 | vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
|
---|
5175 | }
|
---|
5176 | /* get return type */
|
---|
5177 | s = vtop->type.ref;
|
---|
5178 | next();
|
---|
5179 | sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
|
---|
5180 | nb_args = regsize = 0;
|
---|
5181 | ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
|
---|
5182 | /* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
|
---|
5183 | if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
5184 | variadic = (s->f.func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS);
|
---|
5185 | ret_nregs = gfunc_sret(&s->type, variadic, &ret.type,
|
---|
5186 | &ret_align, ®size);
|
---|
5187 | if (!ret_nregs) {
|
---|
5188 | /* get some space for the returned structure */
|
---|
5189 | size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
|
---|
5190 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
|
---|
5191 | /* On arm64, a small struct is return in registers.
|
---|
5192 | It is much easier to write it to memory if we know
|
---|
5193 | that we are allowed to write some extra bytes, so
|
---|
5194 | round the allocated space up to a power of 2: */
|
---|
5195 | if (size < 16)
|
---|
5196 | while (size & (size - 1))
|
---|
5197 | size = (size | (size - 1)) + 1;
|
---|
5198 | #endif
|
---|
5199 | loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
---|
5200 | ret.type = s->type;
|
---|
5201 | ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
|
---|
5202 | /* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
|
---|
5203 | problems */
|
---|
5204 | vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
|
---|
5205 | ret.c = vtop->c;
|
---|
5206 | nb_args++;
|
---|
5207 | }
|
---|
5208 | } else {
|
---|
5209 | ret_nregs = 1;
|
---|
5210 | ret.type = s->type;
|
---|
5211 | }
|
---|
5212 |
|
---|
5213 | if (ret_nregs) {
|
---|
5214 | /* return in register */
|
---|
5215 | if (is_float(ret.type.t)) {
|
---|
5216 | ret.r = reg_fret(ret.type.t);
|
---|
5217 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
5218 | if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT)
|
---|
5219 | ret.r2 = REG_QRET;
|
---|
5220 | #endif
|
---|
5221 | } else {
|
---|
5222 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
|
---|
5223 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
5224 | if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG)
|
---|
5225 | #else
|
---|
5226 | if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
5227 | #endif
|
---|
5228 | ret.r2 = REG_LRET;
|
---|
5229 | #endif
|
---|
5230 | ret.r = REG_IRET;
|
---|
5231 | }
|
---|
5232 | ret.c.i = 0;
|
---|
5233 | }
|
---|
5234 | if (tok != ')') {
|
---|
5235 | for(;;) {
|
---|
5236 | expr_eq();
|
---|
5237 | gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
|
---|
5238 | nb_args++;
|
---|
5239 | if (sa)
|
---|
5240 | sa = sa->next;
|
---|
5241 | if (tok == ')')
|
---|
5242 | break;
|
---|
5243 | skip(',');
|
---|
5244 | }
|
---|
5245 | }
|
---|
5246 | if (sa)
|
---|
5247 | tcc_error("too few arguments to function");
|
---|
5248 | skip(')');
|
---|
5249 | gfunc_call(nb_args);
|
---|
5250 |
|
---|
5251 | /* return value */
|
---|
5252 | for (r = ret.r + ret_nregs + !ret_nregs; r-- > ret.r;) {
|
---|
5253 | vsetc(&ret.type, r, &ret.c);
|
---|
5254 | vtop->r2 = ret.r2; /* Loop only happens when r2 is VT_CONST */
|
---|
5255 | }
|
---|
5256 |
|
---|
5257 | /* handle packed struct return */
|
---|
5258 | if (((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) && ret_nregs) {
|
---|
5259 | int addr, offset;
|
---|
5260 |
|
---|
5261 | size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
|
---|
5262 | /* We're writing whole regs often, make sure there's enough
|
---|
5263 | space. Assume register size is power of 2. */
|
---|
5264 | if (regsize > align)
|
---|
5265 | align = regsize;
|
---|
5266 | loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
---|
5267 | addr = loc;
|
---|
5268 | offset = 0;
|
---|
5269 | for (;;) {
|
---|
5270 | vset(&ret.type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr + offset);
|
---|
5271 | vswap();
|
---|
5272 | vstore();
|
---|
5273 | vtop--;
|
---|
5274 | if (--ret_nregs == 0)
|
---|
5275 | break;
|
---|
5276 | offset += regsize;
|
---|
5277 | }
|
---|
5278 | vset(&s->type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
|
---|
5279 | }
|
---|
5280 | } else {
|
---|
5281 | break;
|
---|
5282 | }
|
---|
5283 | }
|
---|
5284 | }
|
---|
5285 |
|
---|
5286 | ST_FUNC void expr_prod(void)
|
---|
5287 | {
|
---|
5288 | int t;
|
---|
5289 |
|
---|
5290 | unary();
|
---|
5291 | while (tok == '*' || tok == '/' || tok == '%') {
|
---|
5292 | t = tok;
|
---|
5293 | next();
|
---|
5294 | unary();
|
---|
5295 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
5296 | }
|
---|
5297 | }
|
---|
5298 |
|
---|
5299 | ST_FUNC void expr_sum(void)
|
---|
5300 | {
|
---|
5301 | int t;
|
---|
5302 |
|
---|
5303 | expr_prod();
|
---|
5304 | while (tok == '+' || tok == '-') {
|
---|
5305 | t = tok;
|
---|
5306 | next();
|
---|
5307 | expr_prod();
|
---|
5308 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
5309 | }
|
---|
5310 | }
|
---|
5311 |
|
---|
5312 | static void expr_shift(void)
|
---|
5313 | {
|
---|
5314 | int t;
|
---|
5315 |
|
---|
5316 | expr_sum();
|
---|
5317 | while (tok == TOK_SHL || tok == TOK_SAR) {
|
---|
5318 | t = tok;
|
---|
5319 | next();
|
---|
5320 | expr_sum();
|
---|
5321 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
5322 | }
|
---|
5323 | }
|
---|
5324 |
|
---|
5325 | static void expr_cmp(void)
|
---|
5326 | {
|
---|
5327 | int t;
|
---|
5328 |
|
---|
5329 | expr_shift();
|
---|
5330 | while ((tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT) ||
|
---|
5331 | tok == TOK_ULT || tok == TOK_UGE) {
|
---|
5332 | t = tok;
|
---|
5333 | next();
|
---|
5334 | expr_shift();
|
---|
5335 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
5336 | }
|
---|
5337 | }
|
---|
5338 |
|
---|
5339 | static void expr_cmpeq(void)
|
---|
5340 | {
|
---|
5341 | int t;
|
---|
5342 |
|
---|
5343 | expr_cmp();
|
---|
5344 | while (tok == TOK_EQ || tok == TOK_NE) {
|
---|
5345 | t = tok;
|
---|
5346 | next();
|
---|
5347 | expr_cmp();
|
---|
5348 | gen_op(t);
|
---|
5349 | }
|
---|
5350 | }
|
---|
5351 |
|
---|
5352 | static void expr_and(void)
|
---|
5353 | {
|
---|
5354 | expr_cmpeq();
|
---|
5355 | while (tok == '&') {
|
---|
5356 | next();
|
---|
5357 | expr_cmpeq();
|
---|
5358 | gen_op('&');
|
---|
5359 | }
|
---|
5360 | }
|
---|
5361 |
|
---|
5362 | static void expr_xor(void)
|
---|
5363 | {
|
---|
5364 | expr_and();
|
---|
5365 | while (tok == '^') {
|
---|
5366 | next();
|
---|
5367 | expr_and();
|
---|
5368 | gen_op('^');
|
---|
5369 | }
|
---|
5370 | }
|
---|
5371 |
|
---|
5372 | static void expr_or(void)
|
---|
5373 | {
|
---|
5374 | expr_xor();
|
---|
5375 | while (tok == '|') {
|
---|
5376 | next();
|
---|
5377 | expr_xor();
|
---|
5378 | gen_op('|');
|
---|
5379 | }
|
---|
5380 | }
|
---|
5381 |
|
---|
5382 | static void expr_land(void)
|
---|
5383 | {
|
---|
5384 | expr_or();
|
---|
5385 | if (tok == TOK_LAND) {
|
---|
5386 | int t = 0;
|
---|
5387 | for(;;) {
|
---|
5388 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
5389 | gen_cast_s(VT_BOOL);
|
---|
5390 | if (vtop->c.i) {
|
---|
5391 | vpop();
|
---|
5392 | } else {
|
---|
5393 | nocode_wanted++;
|
---|
5394 | while (tok == TOK_LAND) {
|
---|
5395 | next();
|
---|
5396 | expr_or();
|
---|
5397 | vpop();
|
---|
5398 | }
|
---|
5399 | nocode_wanted--;
|
---|
5400 | if (t)
|
---|
5401 | gsym(t);
|
---|
5402 | gen_cast_s(VT_INT);
|
---|
5403 | break;
|
---|
5404 | }
|
---|
5405 | } else {
|
---|
5406 | if (!t)
|
---|
5407 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
5408 | t = gvtst(1, t);
|
---|
5409 | }
|
---|
5410 | if (tok != TOK_LAND) {
|
---|
5411 | if (t)
|
---|
5412 | vseti(VT_JMPI, t);
|
---|
5413 | else
|
---|
5414 | vpushi(1);
|
---|
5415 | break;
|
---|
5416 | }
|
---|
5417 | next();
|
---|
5418 | expr_or();
|
---|
5419 | }
|
---|
5420 | }
|
---|
5421 | }
|
---|
5422 |
|
---|
5423 | static void expr_lor(void)
|
---|
5424 | {
|
---|
5425 | expr_land();
|
---|
5426 | if (tok == TOK_LOR) {
|
---|
5427 | int t = 0;
|
---|
5428 | for(;;) {
|
---|
5429 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
5430 | gen_cast_s(VT_BOOL);
|
---|
5431 | if (!vtop->c.i) {
|
---|
5432 | vpop();
|
---|
5433 | } else {
|
---|
5434 | nocode_wanted++;
|
---|
5435 | while (tok == TOK_LOR) {
|
---|
5436 | next();
|
---|
5437 | expr_land();
|
---|
5438 | vpop();
|
---|
5439 | }
|
---|
5440 | nocode_wanted--;
|
---|
5441 | if (t)
|
---|
5442 | gsym(t);
|
---|
5443 | gen_cast_s(VT_INT);
|
---|
5444 | break;
|
---|
5445 | }
|
---|
5446 | } else {
|
---|
5447 | if (!t)
|
---|
5448 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
5449 | t = gvtst(0, t);
|
---|
5450 | }
|
---|
5451 | if (tok != TOK_LOR) {
|
---|
5452 | if (t)
|
---|
5453 | vseti(VT_JMP, t);
|
---|
5454 | else
|
---|
5455 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
5456 | break;
|
---|
5457 | }
|
---|
5458 | next();
|
---|
5459 | expr_land();
|
---|
5460 | }
|
---|
5461 | }
|
---|
5462 | }
|
---|
5463 |
|
---|
5464 | /* Assuming vtop is a value used in a conditional context
|
---|
5465 | (i.e. compared with zero) return 0 if it's false, 1 if
|
---|
5466 | true and -1 if it can't be statically determined. */
|
---|
5467 | static int condition_3way(void)
|
---|
5468 | {
|
---|
5469 | int c = -1;
|
---|
5470 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST &&
|
---|
5471 | (!(vtop->r & VT_SYM) || !vtop->sym->a.weak)) {
|
---|
5472 | vdup();
|
---|
5473 | gen_cast_s(VT_BOOL);
|
---|
5474 | c = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
5475 | vpop();
|
---|
5476 | }
|
---|
5477 | return c;
|
---|
5478 | }
|
---|
5479 |
|
---|
5480 | static void expr_cond(void)
|
---|
5481 | {
|
---|
5482 | int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, islv, c, g;
|
---|
5483 | SValue sv;
|
---|
5484 | CType type, type1, type2;
|
---|
5485 |
|
---|
5486 | expr_lor();
|
---|
5487 | if (tok == '?') {
|
---|
5488 | next();
|
---|
5489 | c = condition_3way();
|
---|
5490 | g = (tok == ':' && gnu_ext);
|
---|
5491 | if (c < 0) {
|
---|
5492 | /* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
|
---|
5493 | each branch */
|
---|
5494 | if (is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
|
---|
5495 | rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
---|
5496 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
5497 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
5498 | rc = RC_ST0;
|
---|
5499 | }
|
---|
5500 | #endif
|
---|
5501 | } else
|
---|
5502 | rc = RC_INT;
|
---|
5503 | gv(rc);
|
---|
5504 | save_regs(1);
|
---|
5505 | if (g)
|
---|
5506 | gv_dup();
|
---|
5507 | tt = gvtst(1, 0);
|
---|
5508 |
|
---|
5509 | } else {
|
---|
5510 | if (!g)
|
---|
5511 | vpop();
|
---|
5512 | tt = 0;
|
---|
5513 | }
|
---|
5514 |
|
---|
5515 | if (1) {
|
---|
5516 | if (c == 0)
|
---|
5517 | nocode_wanted++;
|
---|
5518 | if (!g)
|
---|
5519 | gexpr();
|
---|
5520 |
|
---|
5521 | type1 = vtop->type;
|
---|
5522 | sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
|
---|
5523 | vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
|
---|
5524 | skip(':');
|
---|
5525 |
|
---|
5526 | u = 0;
|
---|
5527 | if (c < 0)
|
---|
5528 | u = gjmp(0);
|
---|
5529 | gsym(tt);
|
---|
5530 |
|
---|
5531 | if (c == 0)
|
---|
5532 | nocode_wanted--;
|
---|
5533 | if (c == 1)
|
---|
5534 | nocode_wanted++;
|
---|
5535 | expr_cond();
|
---|
5536 | if (c == 1)
|
---|
5537 | nocode_wanted--;
|
---|
5538 |
|
---|
5539 | type2 = vtop->type;
|
---|
5540 | t1 = type1.t;
|
---|
5541 | bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
5542 | t2 = type2.t;
|
---|
5543 | bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
5544 | type.ref = NULL;
|
---|
5545 |
|
---|
5546 | /* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
|
---|
5547 | if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
|
---|
5548 | if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
5549 | type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
|
---|
5550 |
|
---|
5551 | } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
|
---|
5552 | type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
|
---|
5553 | } else {
|
---|
5554 | type.t = VT_FLOAT;
|
---|
5555 | }
|
---|
5556 | } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
5557 | /* cast to biggest op */
|
---|
5558 | type.t = VT_LLONG | VT_LONG;
|
---|
5559 | if (bt1 == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
5560 | type.t &= t1;
|
---|
5561 | if (bt2 == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
5562 | type.t &= t2;
|
---|
5563 | /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
|
---|
5564 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
---|
5565 | (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
5566 | type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
5567 | } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
|
---|
5568 | /* If one is a null ptr constant the result type
|
---|
5569 | is the other. */
|
---|
5570 | if (is_null_pointer (vtop))
|
---|
5571 | type = type1;
|
---|
5572 | else if (is_null_pointer (&sv))
|
---|
5573 | type = type2;
|
---|
5574 | /* XXX: test pointer compatibility, C99 has more elaborate
|
---|
5575 | rules here. */
|
---|
5576 | else
|
---|
5577 | type = type1;
|
---|
5578 | } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
5579 | /* XXX: test function pointer compatibility */
|
---|
5580 | type = bt1 == VT_FUNC ? type1 : type2;
|
---|
5581 | } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
5582 | /* XXX: test structure compatibility */
|
---|
5583 | type = bt1 == VT_STRUCT ? type1 : type2;
|
---|
5584 | } else if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
|
---|
5585 | /* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
|
---|
5586 | type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
5587 | } else {
|
---|
5588 | /* integer operations */
|
---|
5589 | type.t = VT_INT | (VT_LONG & (t1 | t2));
|
---|
5590 | /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
|
---|
5591 | if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
|
---|
5592 | (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
|
---|
5593 | type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
5594 | }
|
---|
5595 | /* keep structs lvalue by transforming `(expr ? a : b)` to `*(expr ? &a : &b)` so
|
---|
5596 | that `(expr ? a : b).mem` does not error with "lvalue expected" */
|
---|
5597 | islv = (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && (sv.r & VT_LVAL) && VT_STRUCT == (type.t & VT_BTYPE);
|
---|
5598 | islv &= c < 0;
|
---|
5599 |
|
---|
5600 | /* now we convert second operand */
|
---|
5601 | if (c != 1) {
|
---|
5602 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
5603 | if (islv) {
|
---|
5604 | mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
---|
5605 | gaddrof();
|
---|
5606 | } else if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
|
---|
5607 | gaddrof();
|
---|
5608 | }
|
---|
5609 |
|
---|
5610 | rc = RC_INT;
|
---|
5611 | if (is_float(type.t)) {
|
---|
5612 | rc = RC_FLOAT;
|
---|
5613 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
5614 | if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
|
---|
5615 | rc = RC_ST0;
|
---|
5616 | }
|
---|
5617 | #endif
|
---|
5618 | } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
|
---|
5619 | /* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
|
---|
5620 | to handle a complicated move */
|
---|
5621 | rc = RC_IRET;
|
---|
5622 | }
|
---|
5623 |
|
---|
5624 | tt = r2 = 0;
|
---|
5625 | if (c < 0) {
|
---|
5626 | r2 = gv(rc);
|
---|
5627 | tt = gjmp(0);
|
---|
5628 | }
|
---|
5629 | gsym(u);
|
---|
5630 |
|
---|
5631 | /* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
|
---|
5632 | operand */
|
---|
5633 | if (c != 0) {
|
---|
5634 | *vtop = sv;
|
---|
5635 | gen_cast(&type);
|
---|
5636 | if (islv) {
|
---|
5637 | mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
|
---|
5638 | gaddrof();
|
---|
5639 | } else if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
|
---|
5640 | gaddrof();
|
---|
5641 | }
|
---|
5642 |
|
---|
5643 | if (c < 0) {
|
---|
5644 | r1 = gv(rc);
|
---|
5645 | move_reg(r2, r1, type.t);
|
---|
5646 | vtop->r = r2;
|
---|
5647 | gsym(tt);
|
---|
5648 | if (islv)
|
---|
5649 | indir();
|
---|
5650 | }
|
---|
5651 | }
|
---|
5652 | }
|
---|
5653 | }
|
---|
5654 |
|
---|
5655 | static void expr_eq(void)
|
---|
5656 | {
|
---|
5657 | int t;
|
---|
5658 |
|
---|
5659 | expr_cond();
|
---|
5660 | if (tok == '=' ||
|
---|
5661 | (tok >= TOK_A_MOD && tok <= TOK_A_DIV) ||
|
---|
5662 | tok == TOK_A_XOR || tok == TOK_A_OR ||
|
---|
5663 | tok == TOK_A_SHL || tok == TOK_A_SAR) {
|
---|
5664 | test_lvalue();
|
---|
5665 | t = tok;
|
---|
5666 | next();
|
---|
5667 | if (t == '=') {
|
---|
5668 | expr_eq();
|
---|
5669 | } else {
|
---|
5670 | vdup();
|
---|
5671 | expr_eq();
|
---|
5672 | gen_op(t & 0x7f);
|
---|
5673 | }
|
---|
5674 | vstore();
|
---|
5675 | }
|
---|
5676 | }
|
---|
5677 |
|
---|
5678 | ST_FUNC void gexpr(void)
|
---|
5679 | {
|
---|
5680 | while (1) {
|
---|
5681 | expr_eq();
|
---|
5682 | if (tok != ',')
|
---|
5683 | break;
|
---|
5684 | vpop();
|
---|
5685 | next();
|
---|
5686 | }
|
---|
5687 | }
|
---|
5688 |
|
---|
5689 | /* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop. */
|
---|
5690 | static void expr_const1(void)
|
---|
5691 | {
|
---|
5692 | const_wanted++;
|
---|
5693 | nocode_wanted++;
|
---|
5694 | expr_cond();
|
---|
5695 | nocode_wanted--;
|
---|
5696 | const_wanted--;
|
---|
5697 | }
|
---|
5698 |
|
---|
5699 | /* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
|
---|
5700 | static inline int64_t expr_const64(void)
|
---|
5701 | {
|
---|
5702 | int64_t c;
|
---|
5703 | expr_const1();
|
---|
5704 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
|
---|
5705 | expect("constant expression");
|
---|
5706 | c = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
5707 | vpop();
|
---|
5708 | return c;
|
---|
5709 | }
|
---|
5710 |
|
---|
5711 | /* parse an integer constant and return its value.
|
---|
5712 | Complain if it doesn't fit 32bit (signed or unsigned). */
|
---|
5713 | ST_FUNC int expr_const(void)
|
---|
5714 | {
|
---|
5715 | int c;
|
---|
5716 | int64_t wc = expr_const64();
|
---|
5717 | c = wc;
|
---|
5718 | if (c != wc && (unsigned)c != wc)
|
---|
5719 | tcc_error("constant exceeds 32 bit");
|
---|
5720 | return c;
|
---|
5721 | }
|
---|
5722 |
|
---|
5723 | /* return the label token if current token is a label, otherwise
|
---|
5724 | return zero */
|
---|
5725 | static int is_label(void)
|
---|
5726 | {
|
---|
5727 | int last_tok;
|
---|
5728 |
|
---|
5729 | /* fast test first */
|
---|
5730 | if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
5731 | return 0;
|
---|
5732 | /* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
|
---|
5733 | last_tok = tok;
|
---|
5734 | next();
|
---|
5735 | if (tok == ':') {
|
---|
5736 | return last_tok;
|
---|
5737 | } else {
|
---|
5738 | unget_tok(last_tok);
|
---|
5739 | return 0;
|
---|
5740 | }
|
---|
5741 | }
|
---|
5742 |
|
---|
5743 | #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
|
---|
5744 | static void gfunc_return(CType *func_type)
|
---|
5745 | {
|
---|
5746 | if ((func_type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
5747 | CType type, ret_type;
|
---|
5748 | int ret_align, ret_nregs, regsize;
|
---|
5749 | ret_nregs = gfunc_sret(func_type, func_var, &ret_type,
|
---|
5750 | &ret_align, ®size);
|
---|
5751 | if (0 == ret_nregs) {
|
---|
5752 | /* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
|
---|
5753 | first pointer arg location */
|
---|
5754 | type = *func_type;
|
---|
5755 | mk_pointer(&type);
|
---|
5756 | vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
|
---|
5757 | indir();
|
---|
5758 | vswap();
|
---|
5759 | /* copy structure value to pointer */
|
---|
5760 | vstore();
|
---|
5761 | } else {
|
---|
5762 | /* returning structure packed into registers */
|
---|
5763 | int r, size, addr, align;
|
---|
5764 | size = type_size(func_type,&align);
|
---|
5765 | if ((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) ||
|
---|
5766 | (vtop->c.i & (ret_align-1)))
|
---|
5767 | && (align & (ret_align-1))) {
|
---|
5768 | loc = (loc - size) & -ret_align;
|
---|
5769 | addr = loc;
|
---|
5770 | type = *func_type;
|
---|
5771 | vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
|
---|
5772 | vswap();
|
---|
5773 | vstore();
|
---|
5774 | vpop();
|
---|
5775 | vset(&ret_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
|
---|
5776 | }
|
---|
5777 | vtop->type = ret_type;
|
---|
5778 | if (is_float(ret_type.t))
|
---|
5779 | r = rc_fret(ret_type.t);
|
---|
5780 | else
|
---|
5781 | r = RC_IRET;
|
---|
5782 |
|
---|
5783 | if (ret_nregs == 1)
|
---|
5784 | gv(r);
|
---|
5785 | else {
|
---|
5786 | for (;;) {
|
---|
5787 | vdup();
|
---|
5788 | gv(r);
|
---|
5789 | vpop();
|
---|
5790 | if (--ret_nregs == 0)
|
---|
5791 | break;
|
---|
5792 | /* We assume that when a structure is returned in multiple
|
---|
5793 | registers, their classes are consecutive values of the
|
---|
5794 | suite s(n) = 2^n */
|
---|
5795 | r <<= 1;
|
---|
5796 | vtop->c.i += regsize;
|
---|
5797 | }
|
---|
5798 | }
|
---|
5799 | }
|
---|
5800 | } else if (is_float(func_type->t)) {
|
---|
5801 | gv(rc_fret(func_type->t));
|
---|
5802 | } else {
|
---|
5803 | gv(RC_IRET);
|
---|
5804 | }
|
---|
5805 | vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
|
---|
5806 | }
|
---|
5807 | #endif
|
---|
5808 |
|
---|
5809 | static int case_cmp(const void *pa, const void *pb)
|
---|
5810 | {
|
---|
5811 | int64_t a = (*(struct case_t**) pa)->v1;
|
---|
5812 | int64_t b = (*(struct case_t**) pb)->v1;
|
---|
5813 | return a < b ? -1 : a > b;
|
---|
5814 | }
|
---|
5815 |
|
---|
5816 | static void gcase(struct case_t **base, int len, int *bsym)
|
---|
5817 | {
|
---|
5818 | struct case_t *p;
|
---|
5819 | int e;
|
---|
5820 | int ll = (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG;
|
---|
5821 | gv(RC_INT);
|
---|
5822 | while (len > 4) {
|
---|
5823 | /* binary search */
|
---|
5824 | p = base[len/2];
|
---|
5825 | vdup();
|
---|
5826 | if (ll)
|
---|
5827 | vpushll(p->v2);
|
---|
5828 | else
|
---|
5829 | vpushi(p->v2);
|
---|
5830 | gen_op(TOK_LE);
|
---|
5831 | e = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
5832 | vdup();
|
---|
5833 | if (ll)
|
---|
5834 | vpushll(p->v1);
|
---|
5835 | else
|
---|
5836 | vpushi(p->v1);
|
---|
5837 | gen_op(TOK_GE);
|
---|
5838 | gtst_addr(0, p->sym); /* v1 <= x <= v2 */
|
---|
5839 | /* x < v1 */
|
---|
5840 | gcase(base, len/2, bsym);
|
---|
5841 | if (cur_switch->def_sym)
|
---|
5842 | gjmp_addr(cur_switch->def_sym);
|
---|
5843 | else
|
---|
5844 | *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
|
---|
5845 | /* x > v2 */
|
---|
5846 | gsym(e);
|
---|
5847 | e = len/2 + 1;
|
---|
5848 | base += e; len -= e;
|
---|
5849 | }
|
---|
5850 | /* linear scan */
|
---|
5851 | while (len--) {
|
---|
5852 | p = *base++;
|
---|
5853 | vdup();
|
---|
5854 | if (ll)
|
---|
5855 | vpushll(p->v2);
|
---|
5856 | else
|
---|
5857 | vpushi(p->v2);
|
---|
5858 | if (p->v1 == p->v2) {
|
---|
5859 | gen_op(TOK_EQ);
|
---|
5860 | gtst_addr(0, p->sym);
|
---|
5861 | } else {
|
---|
5862 | gen_op(TOK_LE);
|
---|
5863 | e = gtst(1, 0);
|
---|
5864 | vdup();
|
---|
5865 | if (ll)
|
---|
5866 | vpushll(p->v1);
|
---|
5867 | else
|
---|
5868 | vpushi(p->v1);
|
---|
5869 | gen_op(TOK_GE);
|
---|
5870 | gtst_addr(0, p->sym);
|
---|
5871 | gsym(e);
|
---|
5872 | }
|
---|
5873 | }
|
---|
5874 | }
|
---|
5875 |
|
---|
5876 | static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int is_expr)
|
---|
5877 | {
|
---|
5878 | int a, b, c, d, cond;
|
---|
5879 | Sym *s;
|
---|
5880 |
|
---|
5881 | /* generate line number info */
|
---|
5882 | if (tcc_state->do_debug)
|
---|
5883 | tcc_debug_line(tcc_state);
|
---|
5884 |
|
---|
5885 | if (is_expr) {
|
---|
5886 | /* default return value is (void) */
|
---|
5887 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
5888 | vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
|
---|
5889 | }
|
---|
5890 |
|
---|
5891 | if (tok == TOK_IF) {
|
---|
5892 | /* if test */
|
---|
5893 | int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
5894 | next();
|
---|
5895 | skip('(');
|
---|
5896 | gexpr();
|
---|
5897 | skip(')');
|
---|
5898 | cond = condition_3way();
|
---|
5899 | if (cond == 1)
|
---|
5900 | a = 0, vpop();
|
---|
5901 | else
|
---|
5902 | a = gvtst(1, 0);
|
---|
5903 | if (cond == 0)
|
---|
5904 | nocode_wanted |= 0x20000000;
|
---|
5905 | block(bsym, csym, 0);
|
---|
5906 | if (cond != 1)
|
---|
5907 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
5908 | c = tok;
|
---|
5909 | if (c == TOK_ELSE) {
|
---|
5910 | next();
|
---|
5911 | d = gjmp(0);
|
---|
5912 | gsym(a);
|
---|
5913 | if (cond == 1)
|
---|
5914 | nocode_wanted |= 0x20000000;
|
---|
5915 | block(bsym, csym, 0);
|
---|
5916 | gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
|
---|
5917 | if (cond != 0)
|
---|
5918 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
5919 | } else
|
---|
5920 | gsym(a);
|
---|
5921 | } else if (tok == TOK_WHILE) {
|
---|
5922 | int saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
5923 | nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
|
---|
5924 | next();
|
---|
5925 | d = ind;
|
---|
5926 | vla_sp_restore();
|
---|
5927 | skip('(');
|
---|
5928 | gexpr();
|
---|
5929 | skip(')');
|
---|
5930 | a = gvtst(1, 0);
|
---|
5931 | b = 0;
|
---|
5932 | ++local_scope;
|
---|
5933 | saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
5934 | block(&a, &b, 0);
|
---|
5935 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
5936 | --local_scope;
|
---|
5937 | gjmp_addr(d);
|
---|
5938 | gsym(a);
|
---|
5939 | gsym_addr(b, d);
|
---|
5940 | } else if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
5941 | Sym *llabel;
|
---|
5942 | int block_vla_sp_loc = vla_sp_loc, saved_vlas_in_scope = vlas_in_scope;
|
---|
5943 |
|
---|
5944 | next();
|
---|
5945 | /* record local declaration stack position */
|
---|
5946 | s = local_stack;
|
---|
5947 | llabel = local_label_stack;
|
---|
5948 | ++local_scope;
|
---|
5949 |
|
---|
5950 | /* handle local labels declarations */
|
---|
5951 | if (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
|
---|
5952 | next();
|
---|
5953 | for(;;) {
|
---|
5954 | if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
|
---|
5955 | expect("label identifier");
|
---|
5956 | label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
|
---|
5957 | next();
|
---|
5958 | if (tok == ',') {
|
---|
5959 | next();
|
---|
5960 | } else {
|
---|
5961 | skip(';');
|
---|
5962 | break;
|
---|
5963 | }
|
---|
5964 | }
|
---|
5965 | }
|
---|
5966 | while (tok != '}') {
|
---|
5967 | if ((a = is_label()))
|
---|
5968 | unget_tok(a);
|
---|
5969 | else
|
---|
5970 | decl(VT_LOCAL);
|
---|
5971 | if (tok != '}') {
|
---|
5972 | if (is_expr)
|
---|
5973 | vpop();
|
---|
5974 | block(bsym, csym, is_expr);
|
---|
5975 | }
|
---|
5976 | }
|
---|
5977 | /* pop locally defined labels */
|
---|
5978 | label_pop(&local_label_stack, llabel, is_expr);
|
---|
5979 | /* pop locally defined symbols */
|
---|
5980 | --local_scope;
|
---|
5981 | /* In the is_expr case (a statement expression is finished here),
|
---|
5982 | vtop might refer to symbols on the local_stack. Either via the
|
---|
5983 | type or via vtop->sym. We can't pop those nor any that in turn
|
---|
5984 | might be referred to. To make it easier we don't roll back
|
---|
5985 | any symbols in that case; some upper level call to block() will
|
---|
5986 | do that. We do have to remove such symbols from the lookup
|
---|
5987 | tables, though. sym_pop will do that. */
|
---|
5988 | sym_pop(&local_stack, s, is_expr);
|
---|
5989 |
|
---|
5990 | /* Pop VLA frames and restore stack pointer if required */
|
---|
5991 | if (vlas_in_scope > saved_vlas_in_scope) {
|
---|
5992 | vla_sp_loc = saved_vlas_in_scope ? block_vla_sp_loc : vla_sp_root_loc;
|
---|
5993 | vla_sp_restore();
|
---|
5994 | }
|
---|
5995 | vlas_in_scope = saved_vlas_in_scope;
|
---|
5996 |
|
---|
5997 | next();
|
---|
5998 | } else if (tok == TOK_RETURN) {
|
---|
5999 | next();
|
---|
6000 | if (tok != ';') {
|
---|
6001 | gexpr();
|
---|
6002 | gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
|
---|
6003 | if ((func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
|
---|
6004 | vtop--;
|
---|
6005 | else
|
---|
6006 | gfunc_return(&func_vt);
|
---|
6007 | }
|
---|
6008 | skip(';');
|
---|
6009 | /* jump unless last stmt in top-level block */
|
---|
6010 | if (tok != '}' || local_scope != 1)
|
---|
6011 | rsym = gjmp(rsym);
|
---|
6012 | nocode_wanted |= 0x20000000;
|
---|
6013 | } else if (tok == TOK_BREAK) {
|
---|
6014 | /* compute jump */
|
---|
6015 | if (!bsym)
|
---|
6016 | tcc_error("cannot break");
|
---|
6017 | *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
|
---|
6018 | next();
|
---|
6019 | skip(';');
|
---|
6020 | nocode_wanted |= 0x20000000;
|
---|
6021 | } else if (tok == TOK_CONTINUE) {
|
---|
6022 | /* compute jump */
|
---|
6023 | if (!csym)
|
---|
6024 | tcc_error("cannot continue");
|
---|
6025 | vla_sp_restore_root();
|
---|
6026 | *csym = gjmp(*csym);
|
---|
6027 | next();
|
---|
6028 | skip(';');
|
---|
6029 | } else if (tok == TOK_FOR) {
|
---|
6030 | int e;
|
---|
6031 | int saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
6032 | nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
|
---|
6033 | next();
|
---|
6034 | skip('(');
|
---|
6035 | s = local_stack;
|
---|
6036 | ++local_scope;
|
---|
6037 | if (tok != ';') {
|
---|
6038 | /* c99 for-loop init decl? */
|
---|
6039 | if (!decl0(VT_LOCAL, 1, NULL)) {
|
---|
6040 | /* no, regular for-loop init expr */
|
---|
6041 | gexpr();
|
---|
6042 | vpop();
|
---|
6043 | }
|
---|
6044 | }
|
---|
6045 | skip(';');
|
---|
6046 | d = ind;
|
---|
6047 | c = ind;
|
---|
6048 | vla_sp_restore();
|
---|
6049 | a = 0;
|
---|
6050 | b = 0;
|
---|
6051 | if (tok != ';') {
|
---|
6052 | gexpr();
|
---|
6053 | a = gvtst(1, 0);
|
---|
6054 | }
|
---|
6055 | skip(';');
|
---|
6056 | if (tok != ')') {
|
---|
6057 | e = gjmp(0);
|
---|
6058 | c = ind;
|
---|
6059 | vla_sp_restore();
|
---|
6060 | gexpr();
|
---|
6061 | vpop();
|
---|
6062 | gjmp_addr(d);
|
---|
6063 | gsym(e);
|
---|
6064 | }
|
---|
6065 | skip(')');
|
---|
6066 | saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
6067 | block(&a, &b, 0);
|
---|
6068 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
6069 | gjmp_addr(c);
|
---|
6070 | gsym(a);
|
---|
6071 | gsym_addr(b, c);
|
---|
6072 | --local_scope;
|
---|
6073 | sym_pop(&local_stack, s, 0);
|
---|
6074 |
|
---|
6075 | } else
|
---|
6076 | if (tok == TOK_DO) {
|
---|
6077 | int saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
6078 | nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
|
---|
6079 | next();
|
---|
6080 | a = 0;
|
---|
6081 | b = 0;
|
---|
6082 | d = ind;
|
---|
6083 | vla_sp_restore();
|
---|
6084 | saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
6085 | block(&a, &b, 0);
|
---|
6086 | skip(TOK_WHILE);
|
---|
6087 | skip('(');
|
---|
6088 | gsym(b);
|
---|
6089 | gexpr();
|
---|
6090 | c = gvtst(0, 0);
|
---|
6091 | gsym_addr(c, d);
|
---|
6092 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
6093 | skip(')');
|
---|
6094 | gsym(a);
|
---|
6095 | skip(';');
|
---|
6096 | } else
|
---|
6097 | if (tok == TOK_SWITCH) {
|
---|
6098 | struct switch_t *saved, sw;
|
---|
6099 | int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
6100 | SValue switchval;
|
---|
6101 | next();
|
---|
6102 | skip('(');
|
---|
6103 | gexpr();
|
---|
6104 | skip(')');
|
---|
6105 | switchval = *vtop--;
|
---|
6106 | a = 0;
|
---|
6107 | b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
|
---|
6108 | sw.p = NULL; sw.n = 0; sw.def_sym = 0;
|
---|
6109 | saved = cur_switch;
|
---|
6110 | cur_switch = &sw;
|
---|
6111 | block(&a, csym, 0);
|
---|
6112 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
6113 | a = gjmp(a); /* add implicit break */
|
---|
6114 | /* case lookup */
|
---|
6115 | gsym(b);
|
---|
6116 | qsort(sw.p, sw.n, sizeof(void*), case_cmp);
|
---|
6117 | for (b = 1; b < sw.n; b++)
|
---|
6118 | if (sw.p[b - 1]->v2 >= sw.p[b]->v1)
|
---|
6119 | tcc_error("duplicate case value");
|
---|
6120 | /* Our switch table sorting is signed, so the compared
|
---|
6121 | value needs to be as well when it's 64bit. */
|
---|
6122 | if ((switchval.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
|
---|
6123 | switchval.type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
|
---|
6124 | vpushv(&switchval);
|
---|
6125 | gcase(sw.p, sw.n, &a);
|
---|
6126 | vpop();
|
---|
6127 | if (sw.def_sym)
|
---|
6128 | gjmp_addr(sw.def_sym);
|
---|
6129 | dynarray_reset(&sw.p, &sw.n);
|
---|
6130 | cur_switch = saved;
|
---|
6131 | /* break label */
|
---|
6132 | gsym(a);
|
---|
6133 | } else
|
---|
6134 | if (tok == TOK_CASE) {
|
---|
6135 | struct case_t *cr = tcc_malloc(sizeof(struct case_t));
|
---|
6136 | if (!cur_switch)
|
---|
6137 | expect("switch");
|
---|
6138 | nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
|
---|
6139 | next();
|
---|
6140 | cr->v1 = cr->v2 = expr_const64();
|
---|
6141 | if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
|
---|
6142 | next();
|
---|
6143 | cr->v2 = expr_const64();
|
---|
6144 | if (cr->v2 < cr->v1)
|
---|
6145 | tcc_warning("empty case range");
|
---|
6146 | }
|
---|
6147 | cr->sym = ind;
|
---|
6148 | dynarray_add(&cur_switch->p, &cur_switch->n, cr);
|
---|
6149 | skip(':');
|
---|
6150 | is_expr = 0;
|
---|
6151 | goto block_after_label;
|
---|
6152 | } else
|
---|
6153 | if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
|
---|
6154 | next();
|
---|
6155 | skip(':');
|
---|
6156 | if (!cur_switch)
|
---|
6157 | expect("switch");
|
---|
6158 | if (cur_switch->def_sym)
|
---|
6159 | tcc_error("too many 'default'");
|
---|
6160 | cur_switch->def_sym = ind;
|
---|
6161 | is_expr = 0;
|
---|
6162 | goto block_after_label;
|
---|
6163 | } else
|
---|
6164 | if (tok == TOK_GOTO) {
|
---|
6165 | next();
|
---|
6166 | if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
|
---|
6167 | /* computed goto */
|
---|
6168 | next();
|
---|
6169 | gexpr();
|
---|
6170 | if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
|
---|
6171 | expect("pointer");
|
---|
6172 | ggoto();
|
---|
6173 | } else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
|
---|
6174 | s = label_find(tok);
|
---|
6175 | /* put forward definition if needed */
|
---|
6176 | if (!s) {
|
---|
6177 | s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
|
---|
6178 | } else {
|
---|
6179 | if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
|
---|
6180 | s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
|
---|
6181 | }
|
---|
6182 | vla_sp_restore_root();
|
---|
6183 | if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD)
|
---|
6184 | s->jnext = gjmp(s->jnext);
|
---|
6185 | else
|
---|
6186 | gjmp_addr(s->jnext);
|
---|
6187 | next();
|
---|
6188 | } else {
|
---|
6189 | expect("label identifier");
|
---|
6190 | }
|
---|
6191 | skip(';');
|
---|
6192 | } else if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
|
---|
6193 | asm_instr();
|
---|
6194 | } else {
|
---|
6195 | b = is_label();
|
---|
6196 | if (b) {
|
---|
6197 | /* label case */
|
---|
6198 | next();
|
---|
6199 | s = label_find(b);
|
---|
6200 | if (s) {
|
---|
6201 | if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
|
---|
6202 | tcc_error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
|
---|
6203 | gsym(s->jnext);
|
---|
6204 | s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
|
---|
6205 | } else {
|
---|
6206 | s = label_push(&global_label_stack, b, LABEL_DEFINED);
|
---|
6207 | }
|
---|
6208 | s->jnext = ind;
|
---|
6209 | vla_sp_restore();
|
---|
6210 | /* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
|
---|
6211 | block_after_label:
|
---|
6212 | nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
|
---|
6213 | if (tok == '}') {
|
---|
6214 | tcc_warning("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
|
---|
6215 | } else {
|
---|
6216 | if (is_expr)
|
---|
6217 | vpop();
|
---|
6218 | block(bsym, csym, is_expr);
|
---|
6219 | }
|
---|
6220 | } else {
|
---|
6221 | /* expression case */
|
---|
6222 | if (tok != ';') {
|
---|
6223 | if (is_expr) {
|
---|
6224 | vpop();
|
---|
6225 | gexpr();
|
---|
6226 | } else {
|
---|
6227 | gexpr();
|
---|
6228 | vpop();
|
---|
6229 | }
|
---|
6230 | }
|
---|
6231 | skip(';');
|
---|
6232 | }
|
---|
6233 | }
|
---|
6234 | }
|
---|
6235 |
|
---|
6236 | /* This skips over a stream of tokens containing balanced {} and ()
|
---|
6237 | pairs, stopping at outer ',' ';' and '}' (or matching '}' if we started
|
---|
6238 | with a '{'). If STR then allocates and stores the skipped tokens
|
---|
6239 | in *STR. This doesn't check if () and {} are nested correctly,
|
---|
6240 | i.e. "({)}" is accepted. */
|
---|
6241 | static void skip_or_save_block(TokenString **str)
|
---|
6242 | {
|
---|
6243 | int braces = tok == '{';
|
---|
6244 | int level = 0;
|
---|
6245 | if (str)
|
---|
6246 | *str = tok_str_alloc();
|
---|
6247 |
|
---|
6248 | while ((level > 0 || (tok != '}' && tok != ',' && tok != ';' && tok != ')'))) {
|
---|
6249 | int t;
|
---|
6250 | if (tok == TOK_EOF) {
|
---|
6251 | if (str || level > 0)
|
---|
6252 | tcc_error("unexpected end of file");
|
---|
6253 | else
|
---|
6254 | break;
|
---|
6255 | }
|
---|
6256 | if (str)
|
---|
6257 | tok_str_add_tok(*str);
|
---|
6258 | t = tok;
|
---|
6259 | next();
|
---|
6260 | if (t == '{' || t == '(') {
|
---|
6261 | level++;
|
---|
6262 | } else if (t == '}' || t == ')') {
|
---|
6263 | level--;
|
---|
6264 | if (level == 0 && braces && t == '}')
|
---|
6265 | break;
|
---|
6266 | }
|
---|
6267 | }
|
---|
6268 | if (str) {
|
---|
6269 | tok_str_add(*str, -1);
|
---|
6270 | tok_str_add(*str, 0);
|
---|
6271 | }
|
---|
6272 | }
|
---|
6273 |
|
---|
6274 | #define EXPR_CONST 1
|
---|
6275 | #define EXPR_ANY 2
|
---|
6276 |
|
---|
6277 | static void parse_init_elem(int expr_type)
|
---|
6278 | {
|
---|
6279 | int saved_global_expr;
|
---|
6280 | switch(expr_type) {
|
---|
6281 | case EXPR_CONST:
|
---|
6282 | /* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
|
---|
6283 | saved_global_expr = global_expr;
|
---|
6284 | global_expr = 1;
|
---|
6285 | expr_const1();
|
---|
6286 | global_expr = saved_global_expr;
|
---|
6287 | /* NOTE: symbols are accepted, as well as lvalue for anon symbols
|
---|
6288 | (compound literals). */
|
---|
6289 | if (((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST
|
---|
6290 | && ((vtop->r & (VT_SYM|VT_LVAL)) != (VT_SYM|VT_LVAL)
|
---|
6291 | || vtop->sym->v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM))
|
---|
6292 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
6293 | || ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) && vtop->sym->a.dllimport)
|
---|
6294 | #endif
|
---|
6295 | )
|
---|
6296 | tcc_error("initializer element is not constant");
|
---|
6297 | break;
|
---|
6298 | case EXPR_ANY:
|
---|
6299 | expr_eq();
|
---|
6300 | break;
|
---|
6301 | }
|
---|
6302 | }
|
---|
6303 |
|
---|
6304 | /* put zeros for variable based init */
|
---|
6305 | static void init_putz(Section *sec, unsigned long c, int size)
|
---|
6306 | {
|
---|
6307 | if (sec) {
|
---|
6308 | /* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
|
---|
6309 | } else {
|
---|
6310 | vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memset);
|
---|
6311 | vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
|
---|
6312 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
|
---|
6313 | vpushs(size);
|
---|
6314 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
6315 | #else
|
---|
6316 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
6317 | vpushs(size);
|
---|
6318 | #endif
|
---|
6319 | gfunc_call(3);
|
---|
6320 | }
|
---|
6321 | }
|
---|
6322 |
|
---|
6323 | /* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
|
---|
6324 | address. cur_field is the pointer to the current
|
---|
6325 | field, for arrays the 'c' member contains the current start
|
---|
6326 | index. 'size_only' is true if only size info is needed (only used
|
---|
6327 | in arrays). al contains the already initialized length of the
|
---|
6328 | current container (starting at c). This returns the new length of that. */
|
---|
6329 | static int decl_designator(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
|
---|
6330 | Sym **cur_field, int size_only, int al)
|
---|
6331 | {
|
---|
6332 | Sym *s, *f;
|
---|
6333 | int index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
|
---|
6334 | unsigned long corig = c;
|
---|
6335 |
|
---|
6336 | elem_size = 0;
|
---|
6337 | nb_elems = 1;
|
---|
6338 | if (gnu_ext && (l = is_label()) != 0)
|
---|
6339 | goto struct_field;
|
---|
6340 | /* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
|
---|
6341 | while (nb_elems == 1 && (tok == '[' || tok == '.')) {
|
---|
6342 | if (tok == '[') {
|
---|
6343 | if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
|
---|
6344 | expect("array type");
|
---|
6345 | next();
|
---|
6346 | index = index_last = expr_const();
|
---|
6347 | if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
|
---|
6348 | next();
|
---|
6349 | index_last = expr_const();
|
---|
6350 | }
|
---|
6351 | skip(']');
|
---|
6352 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
6353 | if (index < 0 || (s->c >= 0 && index_last >= s->c) ||
|
---|
6354 | index_last < index)
|
---|
6355 | tcc_error("invalid index");
|
---|
6356 | if (cur_field)
|
---|
6357 | (*cur_field)->c = index_last;
|
---|
6358 | type = pointed_type(type);
|
---|
6359 | elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
6360 | c += index * elem_size;
|
---|
6361 | nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
|
---|
6362 | } else {
|
---|
6363 | next();
|
---|
6364 | l = tok;
|
---|
6365 | struct_field:
|
---|
6366 | next();
|
---|
6367 | if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
|
---|
6368 | expect("struct/union type");
|
---|
6369 | f = find_field(type, l);
|
---|
6370 | if (!f)
|
---|
6371 | expect("field");
|
---|
6372 | if (cur_field)
|
---|
6373 | *cur_field = f;
|
---|
6374 | type = &f->type;
|
---|
6375 | c += f->c;
|
---|
6376 | }
|
---|
6377 | cur_field = NULL;
|
---|
6378 | }
|
---|
6379 | if (!cur_field) {
|
---|
6380 | if (tok == '=') {
|
---|
6381 | next();
|
---|
6382 | } else if (!gnu_ext) {
|
---|
6383 | expect("=");
|
---|
6384 | }
|
---|
6385 | } else {
|
---|
6386 | if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
---|
6387 | index = (*cur_field)->c;
|
---|
6388 | if (type->ref->c >= 0 && index >= type->ref->c)
|
---|
6389 | tcc_error("index too large");
|
---|
6390 | type = pointed_type(type);
|
---|
6391 | c += index * type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
6392 | } else {
|
---|
6393 | f = *cur_field;
|
---|
6394 | while (f && (f->v & SYM_FIRST_ANOM) && (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD))
|
---|
6395 | *cur_field = f = f->next;
|
---|
6396 | if (!f)
|
---|
6397 | tcc_error("too many field init");
|
---|
6398 | type = &f->type;
|
---|
6399 | c += f->c;
|
---|
6400 | }
|
---|
6401 | }
|
---|
6402 | /* must put zero in holes (note that doing it that way
|
---|
6403 | ensures that it even works with designators) */
|
---|
6404 | if (!size_only && c - corig > al)
|
---|
6405 | init_putz(sec, corig + al, c - corig - al);
|
---|
6406 | decl_initializer(type, sec, c, 0, size_only);
|
---|
6407 |
|
---|
6408 | /* XXX: make it more general */
|
---|
6409 | if (!size_only && nb_elems > 1) {
|
---|
6410 | unsigned long c_end;
|
---|
6411 | uint8_t *src, *dst;
|
---|
6412 | int i;
|
---|
6413 |
|
---|
6414 | if (!sec) {
|
---|
6415 | vset(type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
|
---|
6416 | for (i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
|
---|
6417 | vset(type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c + elem_size * i);
|
---|
6418 | vswap();
|
---|
6419 | vstore();
|
---|
6420 | }
|
---|
6421 | vpop();
|
---|
6422 | } else if (!NODATA_WANTED) {
|
---|
6423 | c_end = c + nb_elems * elem_size;
|
---|
6424 | if (c_end > sec->data_allocated)
|
---|
6425 | section_realloc(sec, c_end);
|
---|
6426 | src = sec->data + c;
|
---|
6427 | dst = src;
|
---|
6428 | for(i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
|
---|
6429 | dst += elem_size;
|
---|
6430 | memcpy(dst, src, elem_size);
|
---|
6431 | }
|
---|
6432 | }
|
---|
6433 | }
|
---|
6434 | c += nb_elems * type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
6435 | if (c - corig > al)
|
---|
6436 | al = c - corig;
|
---|
6437 | return al;
|
---|
6438 | }
|
---|
6439 |
|
---|
6440 | /* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
|
---|
6441 | static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c)
|
---|
6442 | {
|
---|
6443 | int bt;
|
---|
6444 | void *ptr;
|
---|
6445 | CType dtype;
|
---|
6446 |
|
---|
6447 | dtype = *type;
|
---|
6448 | dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
|
---|
6449 |
|
---|
6450 | if (sec) {
|
---|
6451 | int size, align;
|
---|
6452 | /* XXX: not portable */
|
---|
6453 | /* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
|
---|
6454 | gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
|
---|
6455 | bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
|
---|
6456 |
|
---|
6457 | if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM)
|
---|
6458 | && bt != VT_PTR
|
---|
6459 | && bt != VT_FUNC
|
---|
6460 | && (bt != (PTR_SIZE == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT)
|
---|
6461 | || (type->t & VT_BITFIELD))
|
---|
6462 | && !((vtop->r & VT_CONST) && vtop->sym->v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
|
---|
6463 | )
|
---|
6464 | tcc_error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
|
---|
6465 |
|
---|
6466 | if (NODATA_WANTED) {
|
---|
6467 | vtop--;
|
---|
6468 | return;
|
---|
6469 | }
|
---|
6470 |
|
---|
6471 | size = type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
6472 | section_reserve(sec, c + size);
|
---|
6473 | ptr = sec->data + c;
|
---|
6474 |
|
---|
6475 | /* XXX: make code faster ? */
|
---|
6476 | if ((vtop->r & (VT_SYM|VT_CONST)) == (VT_SYM|VT_CONST) &&
|
---|
6477 | vtop->sym->v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM &&
|
---|
6478 | /* XXX This rejects compound literals like
|
---|
6479 | '(void *){ptr}'. The problem is that '&sym' is
|
---|
6480 | represented the same way, which would be ruled out
|
---|
6481 | by the SYM_FIRST_ANOM check above, but also '"string"'
|
---|
6482 | in 'char *p = "string"' is represented the same
|
---|
6483 | with the type being VT_PTR and the symbol being an
|
---|
6484 | anonymous one. That is, there's no difference in vtop
|
---|
6485 | between '(void *){x}' and '&(void *){x}'. Ignore
|
---|
6486 | pointer typed entities here. Hopefully no real code
|
---|
6487 | will every use compound literals with scalar type. */
|
---|
6488 | (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
|
---|
6489 | /* These come from compound literals, memcpy stuff over. */
|
---|
6490 | Section *ssec;
|
---|
6491 | ElfSym *esym;
|
---|
6492 | ElfW_Rel *rel;
|
---|
6493 | esym = elfsym(vtop->sym);
|
---|
6494 | ssec = tcc_state->sections[esym->st_shndx];
|
---|
6495 | memmove (ptr, ssec->data + esym->st_value, size);
|
---|
6496 | if (ssec->reloc) {
|
---|
6497 | /* We need to copy over all memory contents, and that
|
---|
6498 | includes relocations. Use the fact that relocs are
|
---|
6499 | created it order, so look from the end of relocs
|
---|
6500 | until we hit one before the copied region. */
|
---|
6501 | int num_relocs = ssec->reloc->data_offset / sizeof(*rel);
|
---|
6502 | rel = (ElfW_Rel*)(ssec->reloc->data + ssec->reloc->data_offset);
|
---|
6503 | while (num_relocs--) {
|
---|
6504 | rel--;
|
---|
6505 | if (rel->r_offset >= esym->st_value + size)
|
---|
6506 | continue;
|
---|
6507 | if (rel->r_offset < esym->st_value)
|
---|
6508 | break;
|
---|
6509 | /* Note: if the same fields are initialized multiple
|
---|
6510 | times (possible with designators) then we possibly
|
---|
6511 | add multiple relocations for the same offset here.
|
---|
6512 | That would lead to wrong code, the last reloc needs
|
---|
6513 | to win. We clean this up later after the whole
|
---|
6514 | initializer is parsed. */
|
---|
6515 | put_elf_reloca(symtab_section, sec,
|
---|
6516 | c + rel->r_offset - esym->st_value,
|
---|
6517 | ELFW(R_TYPE)(rel->r_info),
|
---|
6518 | ELFW(R_SYM)(rel->r_info),
|
---|
6519 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
6520 | rel->r_addend
|
---|
6521 | #else
|
---|
6522 | 0
|
---|
6523 | #endif
|
---|
6524 | );
|
---|
6525 | }
|
---|
6526 | }
|
---|
6527 | } else {
|
---|
6528 | if (type->t & VT_BITFIELD) {
|
---|
6529 | int bit_pos, bit_size, bits, n;
|
---|
6530 | unsigned char *p, v, m;
|
---|
6531 | bit_pos = BIT_POS(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
6532 | bit_size = BIT_SIZE(vtop->type.t);
|
---|
6533 | p = (unsigned char*)ptr + (bit_pos >> 3);
|
---|
6534 | bit_pos &= 7, bits = 0;
|
---|
6535 | while (bit_size) {
|
---|
6536 | n = 8 - bit_pos;
|
---|
6537 | if (n > bit_size)
|
---|
6538 | n = bit_size;
|
---|
6539 | v = vtop->c.i >> bits << bit_pos;
|
---|
6540 | m = ((1 << n) - 1) << bit_pos;
|
---|
6541 | *p = (*p & ~m) | (v & m);
|
---|
6542 | bits += n, bit_size -= n, bit_pos = 0, ++p;
|
---|
6543 | }
|
---|
6544 | } else
|
---|
6545 | switch(bt) {
|
---|
6546 | /* XXX: when cross-compiling we assume that each type has the
|
---|
6547 | same representation on host and target, which is likely to
|
---|
6548 | be wrong in the case of long double */
|
---|
6549 | case VT_BOOL:
|
---|
6550 | vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i != 0;
|
---|
6551 | case VT_BYTE:
|
---|
6552 | *(char *)ptr |= vtop->c.i;
|
---|
6553 | break;
|
---|
6554 | case VT_SHORT:
|
---|
6555 | *(short *)ptr |= vtop->c.i;
|
---|
6556 | break;
|
---|
6557 | case VT_FLOAT:
|
---|
6558 | *(float*)ptr = vtop->c.f;
|
---|
6559 | break;
|
---|
6560 | case VT_DOUBLE:
|
---|
6561 | *(double *)ptr = vtop->c.d;
|
---|
6562 | break;
|
---|
6563 | case VT_LDOUBLE:
|
---|
6564 | #if defined TCC_IS_NATIVE_387
|
---|
6565 | if (sizeof (long double) >= 10) /* zero pad ten-byte LD */
|
---|
6566 | memcpy(ptr, &vtop->c.ld, 10);
|
---|
6567 | #ifdef __TINYC__
|
---|
6568 | else if (sizeof (long double) == sizeof (double))
|
---|
6569 | __asm__("fldl %1\nfstpt %0\n" : "=m" (*ptr) : "m" (vtop->c.ld));
|
---|
6570 | #endif
|
---|
6571 | else if (vtop->c.ld == 0.0)
|
---|
6572 | ;
|
---|
6573 | else
|
---|
6574 | #endif
|
---|
6575 | if (sizeof(long double) == LDOUBLE_SIZE)
|
---|
6576 | *(long double*)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
6577 | else if (sizeof(double) == LDOUBLE_SIZE)
|
---|
6578 | *(double *)ptr = (double)vtop->c.ld;
|
---|
6579 | else
|
---|
6580 | tcc_error("can't cross compile long double constants");
|
---|
6581 | break;
|
---|
6582 | #if PTR_SIZE != 8
|
---|
6583 | case VT_LLONG:
|
---|
6584 | *(long long *)ptr |= vtop->c.i;
|
---|
6585 | break;
|
---|
6586 | #else
|
---|
6587 | case VT_LLONG:
|
---|
6588 | #endif
|
---|
6589 | case VT_PTR:
|
---|
6590 | {
|
---|
6591 | addr_t val = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
6592 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
6593 | if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
|
---|
6594 | greloca(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR, val);
|
---|
6595 | else
|
---|
6596 | *(addr_t *)ptr |= val;
|
---|
6597 | #else
|
---|
6598 | if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
|
---|
6599 | greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR);
|
---|
6600 | *(addr_t *)ptr |= val;
|
---|
6601 | #endif
|
---|
6602 | break;
|
---|
6603 | }
|
---|
6604 | default:
|
---|
6605 | {
|
---|
6606 | int val = vtop->c.i;
|
---|
6607 | #if PTR_SIZE == 8
|
---|
6608 | if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
|
---|
6609 | greloca(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR, val);
|
---|
6610 | else
|
---|
6611 | *(int *)ptr |= val;
|
---|
6612 | #else
|
---|
6613 | if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
|
---|
6614 | greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR);
|
---|
6615 | *(int *)ptr |= val;
|
---|
6616 | #endif
|
---|
6617 | break;
|
---|
6618 | }
|
---|
6619 | }
|
---|
6620 | }
|
---|
6621 | vtop--;
|
---|
6622 | } else {
|
---|
6623 | vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
|
---|
6624 | vswap();
|
---|
6625 | vstore();
|
---|
6626 | vpop();
|
---|
6627 | }
|
---|
6628 | }
|
---|
6629 |
|
---|
6630 | /* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
|
---|
6631 | object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
|
---|
6632 | allocation. 'first' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
|
---|
6633 | dimension implicit array init handling). 'size_only' is true if
|
---|
6634 | size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
|
---|
6635 | static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
|
---|
6636 | int first, int size_only)
|
---|
6637 | {
|
---|
6638 | int len, n, no_oblock, nb, i;
|
---|
6639 | int size1, align1;
|
---|
6640 | int have_elem;
|
---|
6641 | Sym *s, *f;
|
---|
6642 | Sym indexsym;
|
---|
6643 | CType *t1;
|
---|
6644 |
|
---|
6645 | /* If we currently are at an '}' or ',' we have read an initializer
|
---|
6646 | element in one of our callers, and not yet consumed it. */
|
---|
6647 | have_elem = tok == '}' || tok == ',';
|
---|
6648 | if (!have_elem && tok != '{' &&
|
---|
6649 | /* In case of strings we have special handling for arrays, so
|
---|
6650 | don't consume them as initializer value (which would commit them
|
---|
6651 | to some anonymous symbol). */
|
---|
6652 | tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR &&
|
---|
6653 | !size_only) {
|
---|
6654 | parse_init_elem(!sec ? EXPR_ANY : EXPR_CONST);
|
---|
6655 | have_elem = 1;
|
---|
6656 | }
|
---|
6657 |
|
---|
6658 | if (have_elem &&
|
---|
6659 | !(type->t & VT_ARRAY) &&
|
---|
6660 | /* Use i_c_parameter_t, to strip toplevel qualifiers.
|
---|
6661 | The source type might have VT_CONSTANT set, which is
|
---|
6662 | of course assignable to non-const elements. */
|
---|
6663 | is_compatible_unqualified_types(type, &vtop->type)) {
|
---|
6664 | init_putv(type, sec, c);
|
---|
6665 | } else if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
---|
6666 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
6667 | n = s->c;
|
---|
6668 | t1 = pointed_type(type);
|
---|
6669 | size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
|
---|
6670 |
|
---|
6671 | no_oblock = 1;
|
---|
6672 | if ((first && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) ||
|
---|
6673 | tok == '{') {
|
---|
6674 | if (tok != '{')
|
---|
6675 | tcc_error("character array initializer must be a literal,"
|
---|
6676 | " optionally enclosed in braces");
|
---|
6677 | skip('{');
|
---|
6678 | no_oblock = 0;
|
---|
6679 | }
|
---|
6680 |
|
---|
6681 | /* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
|
---|
6682 | them as ((w)char *) expressions */
|
---|
6683 | if ((tok == TOK_LSTR &&
|
---|
6684 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
6685 | (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
|
---|
6686 | #else
|
---|
6687 | (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
|
---|
6688 | #endif
|
---|
6689 | ) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
|
---|
6690 | len = 0;
|
---|
6691 | while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
|
---|
6692 | int cstr_len, ch;
|
---|
6693 |
|
---|
6694 | /* compute maximum number of chars wanted */
|
---|
6695 | if (tok == TOK_STR)
|
---|
6696 | cstr_len = tokc.str.size;
|
---|
6697 | else
|
---|
6698 | cstr_len = tokc.str.size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
|
---|
6699 | cstr_len--;
|
---|
6700 | nb = cstr_len;
|
---|
6701 | if (n >= 0 && nb > (n - len))
|
---|
6702 | nb = n - len;
|
---|
6703 | if (!size_only) {
|
---|
6704 | if (cstr_len > nb)
|
---|
6705 | tcc_warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
|
---|
6706 | /* in order to go faster for common case (char
|
---|
6707 | string in global variable, we handle it
|
---|
6708 | specifically */
|
---|
6709 | if (sec && tok == TOK_STR && size1 == 1) {
|
---|
6710 | if (!NODATA_WANTED)
|
---|
6711 | memcpy(sec->data + c + len, tokc.str.data, nb);
|
---|
6712 | } else {
|
---|
6713 | for(i=0;i<nb;i++) {
|
---|
6714 | if (tok == TOK_STR)
|
---|
6715 | ch = ((unsigned char *)tokc.str.data)[i];
|
---|
6716 | else
|
---|
6717 | ch = ((nwchar_t *)tokc.str.data)[i];
|
---|
6718 | vpushi(ch);
|
---|
6719 | init_putv(t1, sec, c + (len + i) * size1);
|
---|
6720 | }
|
---|
6721 | }
|
---|
6722 | }
|
---|
6723 | len += nb;
|
---|
6724 | next();
|
---|
6725 | }
|
---|
6726 | /* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
|
---|
6727 | warning in this case since it is standard) */
|
---|
6728 | if (n < 0 || len < n) {
|
---|
6729 | if (!size_only) {
|
---|
6730 | vpushi(0);
|
---|
6731 | init_putv(t1, sec, c + (len * size1));
|
---|
6732 | }
|
---|
6733 | len++;
|
---|
6734 | }
|
---|
6735 | len *= size1;
|
---|
6736 | } else {
|
---|
6737 | indexsym.c = 0;
|
---|
6738 | f = &indexsym;
|
---|
6739 |
|
---|
6740 | do_init_list:
|
---|
6741 | len = 0;
|
---|
6742 | while (tok != '}' || have_elem) {
|
---|
6743 | len = decl_designator(type, sec, c, &f, size_only, len);
|
---|
6744 | have_elem = 0;
|
---|
6745 | if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
|
---|
6746 | ++indexsym.c;
|
---|
6747 | /* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
|
---|
6748 | be strictly correct if designators are used at the
|
---|
6749 | same time) */
|
---|
6750 | if (no_oblock && len >= n*size1)
|
---|
6751 | break;
|
---|
6752 | } else {
|
---|
6753 | if (s->type.t == VT_UNION)
|
---|
6754 | f = NULL;
|
---|
6755 | else
|
---|
6756 | f = f->next;
|
---|
6757 | if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
|
---|
6758 | break;
|
---|
6759 | }
|
---|
6760 |
|
---|
6761 | if (tok == '}')
|
---|
6762 | break;
|
---|
6763 | skip(',');
|
---|
6764 | }
|
---|
6765 | }
|
---|
6766 | /* put zeros at the end */
|
---|
6767 | if (!size_only && len < n*size1)
|
---|
6768 | init_putz(sec, c + len, n*size1 - len);
|
---|
6769 | if (!no_oblock)
|
---|
6770 | skip('}');
|
---|
6771 | /* patch type size if needed, which happens only for array types */
|
---|
6772 | if (n < 0)
|
---|
6773 | s->c = size1 == 1 ? len : ((len + size1 - 1)/size1);
|
---|
6774 | } else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
6775 | size1 = 1;
|
---|
6776 | no_oblock = 1;
|
---|
6777 | if (first || tok == '{') {
|
---|
6778 | skip('{');
|
---|
6779 | no_oblock = 0;
|
---|
6780 | }
|
---|
6781 | s = type->ref;
|
---|
6782 | f = s->next;
|
---|
6783 | n = s->c;
|
---|
6784 | goto do_init_list;
|
---|
6785 | } else if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
6786 | next();
|
---|
6787 | decl_initializer(type, sec, c, first, size_only);
|
---|
6788 | skip('}');
|
---|
6789 | } else if (size_only) {
|
---|
6790 | /* If we supported only ISO C we wouldn't have to accept calling
|
---|
6791 | this on anything than an array size_only==1 (and even then
|
---|
6792 | only on the outermost level, so no recursion would be needed),
|
---|
6793 | because initializing a flex array member isn't supported.
|
---|
6794 | But GNU C supports it, so we need to recurse even into
|
---|
6795 | subfields of structs and arrays when size_only is set. */
|
---|
6796 | /* just skip expression */
|
---|
6797 | skip_or_save_block(NULL);
|
---|
6798 | } else {
|
---|
6799 | if (!have_elem) {
|
---|
6800 | /* This should happen only when we haven't parsed
|
---|
6801 | the init element above for fear of committing a
|
---|
6802 | string constant to memory too early. */
|
---|
6803 | if (tok != TOK_STR && tok != TOK_LSTR)
|
---|
6804 | expect("string constant");
|
---|
6805 | parse_init_elem(!sec ? EXPR_ANY : EXPR_CONST);
|
---|
6806 | }
|
---|
6807 | init_putv(type, sec, c);
|
---|
6808 | }
|
---|
6809 | }
|
---|
6810 |
|
---|
6811 | /* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
|
---|
6812 | allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
|
---|
6813 | VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
|
---|
6814 | variable 'v' of scope 'scope' is declared before initializers
|
---|
6815 | are parsed. If 'v' is zero, then a reference to the new object
|
---|
6816 | is put in the value stack. If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing
|
---|
6817 | is done to handle string constants. */
|
---|
6818 | static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
|
---|
6819 | int has_init, int v, int scope)
|
---|
6820 | {
|
---|
6821 | int size, align, addr;
|
---|
6822 | TokenString *init_str = NULL;
|
---|
6823 |
|
---|
6824 | Section *sec;
|
---|
6825 | Sym *flexible_array;
|
---|
6826 | Sym *sym = NULL;
|
---|
6827 | int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
|
---|
6828 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
6829 | int bcheck = tcc_state->do_bounds_check && !NODATA_WANTED;
|
---|
6830 | #endif
|
---|
6831 |
|
---|
6832 | if (type->t & VT_STATIC)
|
---|
6833 | nocode_wanted |= NODATA_WANTED ? 0x40000000 : 0x80000000;
|
---|
6834 |
|
---|
6835 | flexible_array = NULL;
|
---|
6836 | if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
6837 | Sym *field = type->ref->next;
|
---|
6838 | if (field) {
|
---|
6839 | while (field->next)
|
---|
6840 | field = field->next;
|
---|
6841 | if (field->type.t & VT_ARRAY && field->type.ref->c < 0)
|
---|
6842 | flexible_array = field;
|
---|
6843 | }
|
---|
6844 | }
|
---|
6845 |
|
---|
6846 | size = type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
6847 | /* If unknown size, we must evaluate it before
|
---|
6848 | evaluating initializers because
|
---|
6849 | initializers can generate global data too
|
---|
6850 | (e.g. string pointers or ISOC99 compound
|
---|
6851 | literals). It also simplifies local
|
---|
6852 | initializers handling */
|
---|
6853 | if (size < 0 || (flexible_array && has_init)) {
|
---|
6854 | if (!has_init)
|
---|
6855 | tcc_error("unknown type size");
|
---|
6856 | /* get all init string */
|
---|
6857 | if (has_init == 2) {
|
---|
6858 | init_str = tok_str_alloc();
|
---|
6859 | /* only get strings */
|
---|
6860 | while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
|
---|
6861 | tok_str_add_tok(init_str);
|
---|
6862 | next();
|
---|
6863 | }
|
---|
6864 | tok_str_add(init_str, -1);
|
---|
6865 | tok_str_add(init_str, 0);
|
---|
6866 | } else {
|
---|
6867 | skip_or_save_block(&init_str);
|
---|
6868 | }
|
---|
6869 | unget_tok(0);
|
---|
6870 |
|
---|
6871 | /* compute size */
|
---|
6872 | begin_macro(init_str, 1);
|
---|
6873 | next();
|
---|
6874 | decl_initializer(type, NULL, 0, 1, 1);
|
---|
6875 | /* prepare second initializer parsing */
|
---|
6876 | macro_ptr = init_str->str;
|
---|
6877 | next();
|
---|
6878 |
|
---|
6879 | /* if still unknown size, error */
|
---|
6880 | size = type_size(type, &align);
|
---|
6881 | if (size < 0)
|
---|
6882 | tcc_error("unknown type size");
|
---|
6883 | }
|
---|
6884 | /* If there's a flex member and it was used in the initializer
|
---|
6885 | adjust size. */
|
---|
6886 | if (flexible_array &&
|
---|
6887 | flexible_array->type.ref->c > 0)
|
---|
6888 | size += flexible_array->type.ref->c
|
---|
6889 | * pointed_size(&flexible_array->type);
|
---|
6890 | /* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
|
---|
6891 | if (ad->a.aligned) {
|
---|
6892 | int speca = 1 << (ad->a.aligned - 1);
|
---|
6893 | if (speca > align)
|
---|
6894 | align = speca;
|
---|
6895 | } else if (ad->a.packed) {
|
---|
6896 | align = 1;
|
---|
6897 | }
|
---|
6898 |
|
---|
6899 | if (NODATA_WANTED)
|
---|
6900 | size = 0, align = 1;
|
---|
6901 |
|
---|
6902 | if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
|
---|
6903 | sec = NULL;
|
---|
6904 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
6905 | if (bcheck && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
---|
6906 | loc--;
|
---|
6907 | }
|
---|
6908 | #endif
|
---|
6909 | loc = (loc - size) & -align;
|
---|
6910 | addr = loc;
|
---|
6911 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
6912 | /* handles bounds */
|
---|
6913 | /* XXX: currently, since we do only one pass, we cannot track
|
---|
6914 | '&' operators, so we add only arrays */
|
---|
6915 | if (bcheck && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
---|
6916 | addr_t *bounds_ptr;
|
---|
6917 | /* add padding between regions */
|
---|
6918 | loc--;
|
---|
6919 | /* then add local bound info */
|
---|
6920 | bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section, 2 * sizeof(addr_t));
|
---|
6921 | bounds_ptr[0] = addr;
|
---|
6922 | bounds_ptr[1] = size;
|
---|
6923 | }
|
---|
6924 | #endif
|
---|
6925 | if (v) {
|
---|
6926 | /* local variable */
|
---|
6927 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
|
---|
6928 | if (ad->asm_label) {
|
---|
6929 | int reg = asm_parse_regvar(ad->asm_label);
|
---|
6930 | if (reg >= 0)
|
---|
6931 | r = (r & ~VT_VALMASK) | reg;
|
---|
6932 | }
|
---|
6933 | #endif
|
---|
6934 | sym = sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
|
---|
6935 | sym->a = ad->a;
|
---|
6936 | } else {
|
---|
6937 | /* push local reference */
|
---|
6938 | vset(type, r, addr);
|
---|
6939 | }
|
---|
6940 | } else {
|
---|
6941 | if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
|
---|
6942 | /* see if the symbol was already defined */
|
---|
6943 | sym = sym_find(v);
|
---|
6944 | if (sym) {
|
---|
6945 | patch_storage(sym, ad, type);
|
---|
6946 | /* we accept several definitions of the same global variable. */
|
---|
6947 | if (!has_init && sym->c && elfsym(sym)->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF)
|
---|
6948 | goto no_alloc;
|
---|
6949 | }
|
---|
6950 | }
|
---|
6951 |
|
---|
6952 | /* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
|
---|
6953 | sec = ad->section;
|
---|
6954 | if (!sec) {
|
---|
6955 | if (has_init)
|
---|
6956 | sec = data_section;
|
---|
6957 | else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
|
---|
6958 | sec = bss_section;
|
---|
6959 | }
|
---|
6960 |
|
---|
6961 | if (sec) {
|
---|
6962 | addr = section_add(sec, size, align);
|
---|
6963 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
6964 | /* add padding if bound check */
|
---|
6965 | if (bcheck)
|
---|
6966 | section_add(sec, 1, 1);
|
---|
6967 | #endif
|
---|
6968 | } else {
|
---|
6969 | addr = align; /* SHN_COMMON is special, symbol value is align */
|
---|
6970 | sec = common_section;
|
---|
6971 | }
|
---|
6972 |
|
---|
6973 | if (v) {
|
---|
6974 | if (!sym) {
|
---|
6975 | sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
|
---|
6976 | patch_storage(sym, ad, NULL);
|
---|
6977 | }
|
---|
6978 | /* Local statics have a scope until now (for
|
---|
6979 | warnings), remove it here. */
|
---|
6980 | sym->sym_scope = 0;
|
---|
6981 | /* update symbol definition */
|
---|
6982 | put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
|
---|
6983 | } else {
|
---|
6984 | /* push global reference */
|
---|
6985 | sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
|
---|
6986 | vpushsym(type, sym);
|
---|
6987 | vtop->r |= r;
|
---|
6988 | }
|
---|
6989 |
|
---|
6990 | #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
|
---|
6991 | /* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
|
---|
6992 | before for the relocation */
|
---|
6993 | if (bcheck) {
|
---|
6994 | addr_t *bounds_ptr;
|
---|
6995 |
|
---|
6996 | greloca(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_PTR, 0);
|
---|
6997 | /* then add global bound info */
|
---|
6998 | bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(addr_t));
|
---|
6999 | bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
|
---|
7000 | bounds_ptr[1] = size;
|
---|
7001 | }
|
---|
7002 | #endif
|
---|
7003 | }
|
---|
7004 |
|
---|
7005 | if (type->t & VT_VLA) {
|
---|
7006 | int a;
|
---|
7007 |
|
---|
7008 | if (NODATA_WANTED)
|
---|
7009 | goto no_alloc;
|
---|
7010 |
|
---|
7011 | /* save current stack pointer */
|
---|
7012 | if (vlas_in_scope == 0) {
|
---|
7013 | if (vla_sp_root_loc == -1)
|
---|
7014 | vla_sp_root_loc = (loc -= PTR_SIZE);
|
---|
7015 | gen_vla_sp_save(vla_sp_root_loc);
|
---|
7016 | }
|
---|
7017 |
|
---|
7018 | vla_runtime_type_size(type, &a);
|
---|
7019 | gen_vla_alloc(type, a);
|
---|
7020 | #if defined TCC_TARGET_PE && defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64
|
---|
7021 | /* on _WIN64, because of the function args scratch area, the
|
---|
7022 | result of alloca differs from RSP and is returned in RAX. */
|
---|
7023 | gen_vla_result(addr), addr = (loc -= PTR_SIZE);
|
---|
7024 | #endif
|
---|
7025 | gen_vla_sp_save(addr);
|
---|
7026 | vla_sp_loc = addr;
|
---|
7027 | vlas_in_scope++;
|
---|
7028 |
|
---|
7029 | } else if (has_init) {
|
---|
7030 | size_t oldreloc_offset = 0;
|
---|
7031 | if (sec && sec->reloc)
|
---|
7032 | oldreloc_offset = sec->reloc->data_offset;
|
---|
7033 | decl_initializer(type, sec, addr, 1, 0);
|
---|
7034 | if (sec && sec->reloc)
|
---|
7035 | squeeze_multi_relocs(sec, oldreloc_offset);
|
---|
7036 | /* patch flexible array member size back to -1, */
|
---|
7037 | /* for possible subsequent similar declarations */
|
---|
7038 | if (flexible_array)
|
---|
7039 | flexible_array->type.ref->c = -1;
|
---|
7040 | }
|
---|
7041 |
|
---|
7042 | no_alloc:
|
---|
7043 | /* restore parse state if needed */
|
---|
7044 | if (init_str) {
|
---|
7045 | end_macro();
|
---|
7046 | next();
|
---|
7047 | }
|
---|
7048 |
|
---|
7049 | nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
|
---|
7050 | }
|
---|
7051 |
|
---|
7052 | /* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
|
---|
7053 | 'cur_text_section' */
|
---|
7054 | static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
|
---|
7055 | {
|
---|
7056 | nocode_wanted = 0;
|
---|
7057 | ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
|
---|
7058 | /* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
|
---|
7059 | put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
|
---|
7060 | funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
|
---|
7061 | func_ind = ind;
|
---|
7062 | /* Initialize VLA state */
|
---|
7063 | vla_sp_loc = -1;
|
---|
7064 | vla_sp_root_loc = -1;
|
---|
7065 | /* put debug symbol */
|
---|
7066 | tcc_debug_funcstart(tcc_state, sym);
|
---|
7067 | /* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
|
---|
7068 | sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
|
---|
7069 | local_scope = 1; /* for function parameters */
|
---|
7070 | gfunc_prolog(&sym->type);
|
---|
7071 | local_scope = 0;
|
---|
7072 | rsym = 0;
|
---|
7073 | block(NULL, NULL, 0);
|
---|
7074 | nocode_wanted = 0;
|
---|
7075 | gsym(rsym);
|
---|
7076 | gfunc_epilog();
|
---|
7077 | cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
|
---|
7078 | label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL, 0);
|
---|
7079 | /* reset local stack */
|
---|
7080 | local_scope = 0;
|
---|
7081 | sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL, 0);
|
---|
7082 | /* end of function */
|
---|
7083 | /* patch symbol size */
|
---|
7084 | elfsym(sym)->st_size = ind - func_ind;
|
---|
7085 | tcc_debug_funcend(tcc_state, ind - func_ind);
|
---|
7086 | /* It's better to crash than to generate wrong code */
|
---|
7087 | cur_text_section = NULL;
|
---|
7088 | funcname = ""; /* for safety */
|
---|
7089 | func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
|
---|
7090 | func_var = 0; /* for safety */
|
---|
7091 | ind = 0; /* for safety */
|
---|
7092 | nocode_wanted = 0x80000000;
|
---|
7093 | check_vstack();
|
---|
7094 | }
|
---|
7095 |
|
---|
7096 | static void gen_inline_functions(TCCState *s)
|
---|
7097 | {
|
---|
7098 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
7099 | int inline_generated, i, ln;
|
---|
7100 | struct InlineFunc *fn;
|
---|
7101 |
|
---|
7102 | ln = file->line_num;
|
---|
7103 | /* iterate while inline function are referenced */
|
---|
7104 | do {
|
---|
7105 | inline_generated = 0;
|
---|
7106 | for (i = 0; i < s->nb_inline_fns; ++i) {
|
---|
7107 | fn = s->inline_fns[i];
|
---|
7108 | sym = fn->sym;
|
---|
7109 | if (sym && sym->c) {
|
---|
7110 | /* the function was used: generate its code and
|
---|
7111 | convert it to a normal function */
|
---|
7112 | fn->sym = NULL;
|
---|
7113 | if (file)
|
---|
7114 | pstrcpy(file->filename, sizeof file->filename, fn->filename);
|
---|
7115 | sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
|
---|
7116 |
|
---|
7117 | begin_macro(fn->func_str, 1);
|
---|
7118 | next();
|
---|
7119 | cur_text_section = text_section;
|
---|
7120 | gen_function(sym);
|
---|
7121 | end_macro();
|
---|
7122 |
|
---|
7123 | inline_generated = 1;
|
---|
7124 | }
|
---|
7125 | }
|
---|
7126 | } while (inline_generated);
|
---|
7127 | file->line_num = ln;
|
---|
7128 | }
|
---|
7129 |
|
---|
7130 | ST_FUNC void free_inline_functions(TCCState *s)
|
---|
7131 | {
|
---|
7132 | int i;
|
---|
7133 | /* free tokens of unused inline functions */
|
---|
7134 | for (i = 0; i < s->nb_inline_fns; ++i) {
|
---|
7135 | struct InlineFunc *fn = s->inline_fns[i];
|
---|
7136 | if (fn->sym)
|
---|
7137 | tok_str_free(fn->func_str);
|
---|
7138 | }
|
---|
7139 | dynarray_reset(&s->inline_fns, &s->nb_inline_fns);
|
---|
7140 | }
|
---|
7141 |
|
---|
7142 | /* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type, or VT_CMP
|
---|
7143 | if parsing old style parameter decl list (and FUNC_SYM is set then) */
|
---|
7144 | static int decl0(int l, int is_for_loop_init, Sym *func_sym)
|
---|
7145 | {
|
---|
7146 | int v, has_init, r;
|
---|
7147 | CType type, btype;
|
---|
7148 | Sym *sym;
|
---|
7149 | AttributeDef ad;
|
---|
7150 |
|
---|
7151 | while (1) {
|
---|
7152 | if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) {
|
---|
7153 | if (is_for_loop_init)
|
---|
7154 | return 0;
|
---|
7155 | /* skip redundant ';' if not in old parameter decl scope */
|
---|
7156 | if (tok == ';' && l != VT_CMP) {
|
---|
7157 | next();
|
---|
7158 | continue;
|
---|
7159 | }
|
---|
7160 | if (l != VT_CONST)
|
---|
7161 | break;
|
---|
7162 | if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
|
---|
7163 | /* global asm block */
|
---|
7164 | asm_global_instr();
|
---|
7165 | continue;
|
---|
7166 | }
|
---|
7167 | if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
|
---|
7168 | /* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
|
---|
7169 | type. Only accepted when defining global data */
|
---|
7170 | btype.t = VT_INT;
|
---|
7171 | } else {
|
---|
7172 | if (tok != TOK_EOF)
|
---|
7173 | expect("declaration");
|
---|
7174 | break;
|
---|
7175 | }
|
---|
7176 | }
|
---|
7177 | if (tok == ';') {
|
---|
7178 | if ((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
|
---|
7179 | int v = btype.ref->v;
|
---|
7180 | if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
|
---|
7181 | tcc_warning("unnamed struct/union that defines no instances");
|
---|
7182 | next();
|
---|
7183 | continue;
|
---|
7184 | }
|
---|
7185 | if (IS_ENUM(btype.t)) {
|
---|
7186 | next();
|
---|
7187 | continue;
|
---|
7188 | }
|
---|
7189 | }
|
---|
7190 | while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
|
---|
7191 | type = btype;
|
---|
7192 | /* If the base type itself was an array type of unspecified
|
---|
7193 | size (like in 'typedef int arr[]; arr x = {1};') then
|
---|
7194 | we will overwrite the unknown size by the real one for
|
---|
7195 | this decl. We need to unshare the ref symbol holding
|
---|
7196 | that size. */
|
---|
7197 | if ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && type.ref->c < 0) {
|
---|
7198 | type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &type.ref->type, 0, type.ref->c);
|
---|
7199 | }
|
---|
7200 | type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
|
---|
7201 | #if 0
|
---|
7202 | {
|
---|
7203 | char buf[500];
|
---|
7204 | type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), &type, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
7205 | printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
|
---|
7206 | }
|
---|
7207 | #endif
|
---|
7208 | if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
7209 | if ((type.t & VT_STATIC) && (l == VT_LOCAL)) {
|
---|
7210 | tcc_error("function without file scope cannot be static");
|
---|
7211 | }
|
---|
7212 | /* if old style function prototype, we accept a
|
---|
7213 | declaration list */
|
---|
7214 | sym = type.ref;
|
---|
7215 | if (sym->f.func_type == FUNC_OLD && l == VT_CONST)
|
---|
7216 | decl0(VT_CMP, 0, sym);
|
---|
7217 | }
|
---|
7218 |
|
---|
7219 | if (gnu_ext && (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
|
---|
7220 | ad.asm_label = asm_label_instr();
|
---|
7221 | /* parse one last attribute list, after asm label */
|
---|
7222 | parse_attribute(&ad);
|
---|
7223 | if (tok == '{')
|
---|
7224 | expect(";");
|
---|
7225 | }
|
---|
7226 |
|
---|
7227 | #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
|
---|
7228 | if (ad.a.dllimport || ad.a.dllexport) {
|
---|
7229 | if (type.t & (VT_STATIC|VT_TYPEDEF))
|
---|
7230 | tcc_error("cannot have dll linkage with static or typedef");
|
---|
7231 | if (ad.a.dllimport) {
|
---|
7232 | if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
|
---|
7233 | ad.a.dllimport = 0;
|
---|
7234 | else
|
---|
7235 | type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
7236 | }
|
---|
7237 | }
|
---|
7238 | #endif
|
---|
7239 | if (tok == '{') {
|
---|
7240 | if (l != VT_CONST)
|
---|
7241 | tcc_error("cannot use local functions");
|
---|
7242 | if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
|
---|
7243 | expect("function definition");
|
---|
7244 |
|
---|
7245 | /* reject abstract declarators in function definition
|
---|
7246 | make old style params without decl have int type */
|
---|
7247 | sym = type.ref;
|
---|
7248 | while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL) {
|
---|
7249 | if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
|
---|
7250 | expect("identifier");
|
---|
7251 | if (sym->type.t == VT_VOID)
|
---|
7252 | sym->type = int_type;
|
---|
7253 | }
|
---|
7254 |
|
---|
7255 | /* XXX: cannot do better now: convert extern line to static inline */
|
---|
7256 | if ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)) == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
|
---|
7257 | type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
|
---|
7258 |
|
---|
7259 | /* put function symbol */
|
---|
7260 | sym = external_global_sym(v, &type, 0);
|
---|
7261 | type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
7262 | patch_storage(sym, &ad, &type);
|
---|
7263 |
|
---|
7264 | /* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
|
---|
7265 | of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
|
---|
7266 | the compilation unit only if they are used */
|
---|
7267 | if ((type.t & (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) ==
|
---|
7268 | (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) {
|
---|
7269 | struct InlineFunc *fn;
|
---|
7270 | const char *filename;
|
---|
7271 |
|
---|
7272 | filename = file ? file->filename : "";
|
---|
7273 | fn = tcc_malloc(sizeof *fn + strlen(filename));
|
---|
7274 | strcpy(fn->filename, filename);
|
---|
7275 | fn->sym = sym;
|
---|
7276 | skip_or_save_block(&fn->func_str);
|
---|
7277 | dynarray_add(&tcc_state->inline_fns,
|
---|
7278 | &tcc_state->nb_inline_fns, fn);
|
---|
7279 | } else {
|
---|
7280 | /* compute text section */
|
---|
7281 | cur_text_section = ad.section;
|
---|
7282 | if (!cur_text_section)
|
---|
7283 | cur_text_section = text_section;
|
---|
7284 | gen_function(sym);
|
---|
7285 | }
|
---|
7286 | break;
|
---|
7287 | } else {
|
---|
7288 | if (l == VT_CMP) {
|
---|
7289 | /* find parameter in function parameter list */
|
---|
7290 | for (sym = func_sym->next; sym; sym = sym->next)
|
---|
7291 | if ((sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
|
---|
7292 | goto found;
|
---|
7293 | tcc_error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
|
---|
7294 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
7295 | found:
|
---|
7296 | if (type.t & VT_STORAGE) /* 'register' is okay */
|
---|
7297 | tcc_error("storage class specified for '%s'",
|
---|
7298 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
7299 | if (sym->type.t != VT_VOID)
|
---|
7300 | tcc_error("redefinition of parameter '%s'",
|
---|
7301 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
7302 | convert_parameter_type(&type);
|
---|
7303 | sym->type = type;
|
---|
7304 | } else if (type.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
|
---|
7305 | /* save typedefed type */
|
---|
7306 | /* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
|
---|
7307 | sym = sym_find(v);
|
---|
7308 | if (sym && sym->sym_scope == local_scope) {
|
---|
7309 | if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)
|
---|
7310 | || !(sym->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
|
---|
7311 | tcc_error("incompatible redefinition of '%s'",
|
---|
7312 | get_tok_str(v, NULL));
|
---|
7313 | sym->type = type;
|
---|
7314 | } else {
|
---|
7315 | sym = sym_push(v, &type, 0, 0);
|
---|
7316 | }
|
---|
7317 | sym->a = ad.a;
|
---|
7318 | sym->f = ad.f;
|
---|
7319 | } else {
|
---|
7320 | r = 0;
|
---|
7321 | if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
|
---|
7322 | /* external function definition */
|
---|
7323 | /* specific case for func_call attribute */
|
---|
7324 | type.ref->f = ad.f;
|
---|
7325 | } else if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
|
---|
7326 | /* not lvalue if array */
|
---|
7327 | r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
|
---|
7328 | }
|
---|
7329 | has_init = (tok == '=');
|
---|
7330 | if (has_init && (type.t & VT_VLA))
|
---|
7331 | tcc_error("variable length array cannot be initialized");
|
---|
7332 | if (((type.t & VT_EXTERN) && (!has_init || l != VT_CONST)) ||
|
---|
7333 | ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) ||
|
---|
7334 | ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && (type.t & VT_STATIC) &&
|
---|
7335 | !has_init && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)) {
|
---|
7336 | /* external variable or function */
|
---|
7337 | /* NOTE: as GCC, uninitialized global static
|
---|
7338 | arrays of null size are considered as
|
---|
7339 | extern */
|
---|
7340 | type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
7341 | sym = external_sym(v, &type, r, &ad);
|
---|
7342 | if (ad.alias_target) {
|
---|
7343 | ElfSym *esym;
|
---|
7344 | Sym *alias_target;
|
---|
7345 | alias_target = sym_find(ad.alias_target);
|
---|
7346 | esym = elfsym(alias_target);
|
---|
7347 | if (!esym)
|
---|
7348 | tcc_error("unsupported forward __alias__ attribute");
|
---|
7349 | /* Local statics have a scope until now (for
|
---|
7350 | warnings), remove it here. */
|
---|
7351 | sym->sym_scope = 0;
|
---|
7352 | put_extern_sym2(sym, esym->st_shndx, esym->st_value, esym->st_size, 0);
|
---|
7353 | }
|
---|
7354 | } else {
|
---|
7355 | if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
|
---|
7356 | r |= VT_CONST;
|
---|
7357 | else
|
---|
7358 | r |= l;
|
---|
7359 | if (has_init)
|
---|
7360 | next();
|
---|
7361 | else if (l == VT_CONST)
|
---|
7362 | /* uninitialized global variables may be overridden */
|
---|
7363 | type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
|
---|
7364 | decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, has_init, v, l);
|
---|
7365 | }
|
---|
7366 | }
|
---|
7367 | if (tok != ',') {
|
---|
7368 | if (is_for_loop_init)
|
---|
7369 | return 1;
|
---|
7370 | skip(';');
|
---|
7371 | break;
|
---|
7372 | }
|
---|
7373 | next();
|
---|
7374 | }
|
---|
7375 | ad.a.aligned = 0;
|
---|
7376 | }
|
---|
7377 | }
|
---|
7378 | return 0;
|
---|
7379 | }
|
---|
7380 |
|
---|
7381 | static void decl(int l)
|
---|
7382 | {
|
---|
7383 | decl0(l, 0, NULL);
|
---|
7384 | }
|
---|
7385 |
|
---|
7386 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
|
---|